WO2020143408A1 - 显示方法及相关装置 - Google Patents

显示方法及相关装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020143408A1
WO2020143408A1 PCT/CN2019/125800 CN2019125800W WO2020143408A1 WO 2020143408 A1 WO2020143408 A1 WO 2020143408A1 CN 2019125800 W CN2019125800 W CN 2019125800W WO 2020143408 A1 WO2020143408 A1 WO 2020143408A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
screen
electronic device
user interface
user
displayed
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/125800
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
徐杰
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to JP2021540226A priority Critical patent/JP2022517588A/ja
Priority to AU2019420297A priority patent/AU2019420297B9/en
Priority to US17/417,545 priority patent/US11983334B2/en
Priority to EP23183847.5A priority patent/EP4287007A3/en
Priority to KR1020217021307A priority patent/KR102496111B1/ko
Priority to EP19908940.0A priority patent/EP3886415B1/en
Publication of WO2020143408A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020143408A1/zh
Priority to AU2023200851A priority patent/AU2023200851A1/en
Priority to JP2024010036A priority patent/JP2024054162A/ja

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03—Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/033—Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user, e.g. mice, trackballs, pens or joysticks; Accessories therefor
    • G06F3/0346—Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user, e.g. mice, trackballs, pens or joysticks; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02—Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202—Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/0206—Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings
    • H04M1/0208—Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings characterized by the relative motions of the body parts
    • H04M1/0214—Foldable telephones, i.e. with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16—Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1615—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers with several enclosures having relative motions, each enclosure supporting at least one I/O or computing function
    • G06F1/1616—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers with several enclosures having relative motions, each enclosure supporting at least one I/O or computing function with folding flat displays, e.g. laptop computers or notebooks having a clamshell configuration, with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16—Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1615—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers with several enclosures having relative motions, each enclosure supporting at least one I/O or computing function
    • G06F1/1616—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers with several enclosures having relative motions, each enclosure supporting at least one I/O or computing function with folding flat displays, e.g. laptop computers or notebooks having a clamshell configuration, with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position
    • G06F1/1618—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers with several enclosures having relative motions, each enclosure supporting at least one I/O or computing function with folding flat displays, e.g. laptop computers or notebooks having a clamshell configuration, with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position the display being foldable up to the back of the other housing with a single degree of freedom, e.g. by 360° rotation over the axis defined by the rear edge of the base enclosure
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16—Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1633—Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
    • G06F1/1637—Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing
    • G06F1/1641—Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing the display being formed by a plurality of foldable display components
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16—Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1633—Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
    • G06F1/1637—Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing
    • G06F1/1647—Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing including at least an additional display
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16—Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1633—Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
    • G06F1/1637—Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing
    • G06F1/1647—Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing including at least an additional display
    • G06F1/1649—Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing including at least an additional display the additional display being independently orientable, e.g. for presenting information to a second user
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/017—Gesture based interaction, e.g. based on a set of recognized hand gestures
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0481—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
    • G06F3/0482—Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0484—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0484—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
    • G06F3/0485—Scrolling or panning
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B1/00—Details of transmission systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04B3/00 - H04B13/00; Details of transmission systems not characterised by the medium used for transmission
    • H04B1/38—Transceivers, i.e. devices in which transmitter and receiver form a structural unit and in which at least one part is used for functions of transmitting and receiving
    • H04B1/3827—Portable transceivers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02—Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202—Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/026—Details of the structure or mounting of specific components
    • H04M1/0266—Details of the structure or mounting of specific components for a display module assembly
    • H04M1/0268—Details of the structure or mounting of specific components for a display module assembly including a flexible display panel
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72—Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72448—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72—Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72448—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions
    • H04M1/72454—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions according to context-related or environment-related conditions
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72—Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72448—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions
    • H04M1/72457—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions according to geographic location
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N23/00—Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof
    • H04N23/57—Mechanical or electrical details of cameras or camera modules specially adapted for being embedded in other devices
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N23/00—Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof
    • H04N23/60—Control of cameras or camera modules
    • H04N23/63—Control of cameras or camera modules by using electronic viewfinders
    • H04N23/631—Graphical user interfaces [GUI] specially adapted for controlling image capture or setting capture parameters
    • H04N23/632—Graphical user interfaces [GUI] specially adapted for controlling image capture or setting capture parameters for displaying or modifying preview images prior to image capturing, e.g. variety of image resolutions or capturing parameters
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N23/00—Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof
    • H04N23/90—Arrangement of cameras or camera modules, e.g. multiple cameras in TV studios or sports stadiums
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N7/00—Television systems
    • H04N7/14—Systems for two-way working
    • H04N7/141—Systems for two-way working between two video terminals, e.g. videophone
    • H04N7/142—Constructional details of the terminal equipment, e.g. arrangements of the camera and the display
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02—Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202—Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/0206—Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings
    • H04M1/0241—Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings using relative motion of the body parts to change the operational status of the telephone set, e.g. switching on/off, answering incoming call
    • H04M1/0245—Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings using relative motion of the body parts to change the operational status of the telephone set, e.g. switching on/off, answering incoming call using open/close detection
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M2201/00—Electronic components, circuits, software, systems or apparatus used in telephone systems
    • H04M2201/34—Microprocessors
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M2201/00—Electronic components, circuits, software, systems or apparatus used in telephone systems
    • H04M2201/36—Memories
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M2201/00—Electronic components, circuits, software, systems or apparatus used in telephone systems
    • H04M2201/38—Displays
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M2250/00—Details of telephonic subscriber devices
    • H04M2250/16—Details of telephonic subscriber devices including more than one display unit
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • This application relates to the technical field of terminals, in particular to a display method and related devices.
  • the electronic device may be provided with two front and back display screens, or the electronic device may be configured with a foldable display screen, and when the foldable display screen is in a folded state, it may be considered that the user provides two screens.
  • This application provides a display method and related devices.
  • the user can use the interactive mode of flipping the electronic device forward and backward to trigger the second screen to display what the user wants to see, making full use of the advantages of multiple screens to provide the user with a convenient interactive mode and easy operation. Can improve the user experience.
  • the present application provides a display method applied to an electronic device equipped with a foldable display screen.
  • the method includes: detecting that the foldable display screen is in a folded state, where the foldable display screen includes a first screen and a Two screens; displaying the first user interface of the first application on the first screen, where the first application is a reading application; detecting that the electronic device is flipped back and forth, displaying the second user interface of the first application on the second screen,
  • the second user interface and the first user interface include the same interface elements, and the second user interface and the first user interface differ in at least one of the following: the background color, the color of the display interface elements, or the arrangement of the interface elements .
  • reading applications refer to applications that provide information that users can read, such as text and pictures.
  • Reading applications may include: Kindle, WeChat reading, Douban reading, Weibo, Zhihu, Jianshu or Toutiao, etc.
  • the arrangement of the interface elements may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the following: adjusting the spacing between the interface elements, the display position of the interface elements, or the size of the interface elements, etc.
  • the electronic device may adjust the background color of the second user interface to a dark color (for example, black), and switch the interface elements of the second user interface to a suitable color (for example, white).
  • a dark color for example, black
  • a suitable color for example, white
  • the user when the electronic device displays the user interface provided by the reading application on the first screen, the user can trigger the electronic device to display the user interface provided by the reading application on the second screen by flipping the electronic device back and forth
  • the user interface in addition, the second screen can display the user interface in a form suitable for the user to read, improving the user experience.
  • the present application provides a display method applied to an electronic device equipped with a foldable display screen.
  • the method includes: detecting that the foldable display screen is in a folded state, wherein the foldable display screen includes a first screen and a Two screens, a camera is set above the second screen; the first preview screen of the camera application is displayed on the first screen, and the first preview screen includes the screen in the direction of the second screen collected by the camera; it is detected that the electronic device is turned back and forth , The second preview screen of the camera application is displayed on the second screen, and the second preview screen includes the face image collected by the camera.
  • the face image included in the second user interface has at least one of the following effects: a depth of field effect, a background blur effect, or a character beautification effect. That is to say, when the second device displays the second user interface on the second screen, the electronic device can switch the current photographing mode to the portrait mode.
  • the method before detecting that the foldable display screen is in the folded state, the method may further include: detecting that the foldable display screen is in the expanded state, and displaying the camera application The third preview screen is displayed on both the first screen and the second screen; where the third preview screen includes the screen in the direction of the second screen collected by the camera.
  • the third preview screen of the camera application is displayed on the foldable display screen in full screen.
  • the power supply of the second screen is stopped, or continues to be in the second The original user interface is displayed on the screen.
  • the power supply of the first screen is stopped, or, continues to be in the first The first preview screen is displayed on the screen.
  • the method further includes: the electronic device determines an area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand; when the electronic device is turned back and forth, The second preview screen is displayed on the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand.
  • the user when the electronic device displays the photographing interface on the first screen, the user can trigger the electronic device to display the self-portrait interface on the second screen by flipping the electronic device forward and backward.
  • the electronic device can also switch the photographing mode of the camera application to the portrait mode, which is easy to operate, and can satisfy the user's Selfie needs and improve the user experience.
  • the present application provides a display method applied to an electronic device equipped with a foldable display screen.
  • the method includes: detecting that the foldable display screen is in a folded state, where the foldable display screen includes a first screen and a Two screens, the aspect ratio of the second screen is smaller than that of the first screen, the first screen includes the first camera, and the second screen includes the second camera; the first user displaying the first application on the first screen Interface, where the first application belongs to a video call application, and the first user interface includes the picture collected by the first camera and the counterpart picture of the video call, and the picture collected by the first camera and the counterpart picture of the video call are partially blocked;
  • the device is flipped back and forth, and the second user interface of the first application is displayed on the second screen.
  • the second user interface includes the image collected by the second camera and the counterpart of the video call, and the image collected by the second camera and the counterpart of the video call The pictures are not blocked from each other.
  • video call application refers to an application that can be used for video calls between two parties or multiple parties.
  • Video calling applications may include, but are not limited to: WeChat (WeChat), FaceTime or Skype.
  • the size of the screen occupied by the shooting screen display area and the counterpart screen display area displayed by the second user interface may be smaller than the size of the screen occupied by the shooting screen display area and the counterpart screen display area displayed by the first user interface.
  • the method before detecting that the foldable display screen is in the folded state, the method may further include: detecting that the foldable display screen is in the expanded state, displaying the first The third user interface of the application, the third user interface is displayed on both the first screen and the second screen; wherein the third user interface is the enlarged first user interface.
  • the third user interface of the first application is displayed on the foldable display screen in full screen.
  • the user when the electronic device displays the video call interface on the first screen, the user can trigger the electronic device to display the video call interface on the second screen by flipping the electronic device back and forth.
  • the video call interface when the video call interface is displayed on the second screen, the video call interface will be adapted to the size of the second screen for display, which is easy to operate and can improve the user experience.
  • the present application provides a display method applied to an electronic device equipped with a foldable display screen.
  • the method includes: detecting that the foldable display screen is in a folded state, where the foldable display screen includes a first screen and a Two screens; displaying the first user interface on the first screen; detecting that the electronic device is flipped back and forth, displaying the second user interface of the first application on the second screen; where the first application belongs to a taxi-hailing application, and the second user
  • the interface includes information about the taxi order provided by the taxi application; or, the first application belongs to a navigation application, and the second user interface is a navigation interface provided by the navigation application.
  • Taxi applications can include, but are not limited to: Didi Taxi, Uber, Lyft, etc.
  • navigation applications may include, but are not limited to: Gaode map, Google map, Baidu map, etc.
  • the display method of the fourth aspect is implemented. After placing an order through a taxi-hailing application on the first screen, the user can trigger the electronic device to display the order information on the second screen by flipping the electronic device forward and backward, which is convenient for the user to view the order progress and improve User experience, or after the user navigates through the navigation application on the first screen, the user can trigger the electronic device to display the navigation interface on the second screen by flipping the electronic device forward and backward to improve the user experience.
  • the present application provides a display method applied to an electronic device equipped with a foldable display screen.
  • the method includes: detecting that the foldable display screen is in a folded state, where the foldable display screen includes a first screen and a Two screens; displaying the first user interface on the first screen; detecting that the electronic device is flipped back and forth, displaying the second user interface of the first application on the second screen; wherein, the first user interface includes the For the notification information of the new message, the second user interface includes the specific content of the new message; the specific content of the new message contains a larger amount of information than the notification information of the new message.
  • the first application may be an application running on the electronic device capable of receiving new messages.
  • the first application may include but is not limited to: a short message application, an instant chat application, a ticket booking application (such as Booking, Qunar, Ctrip, etc.), etc.
  • the electronic device may receive a new message based on the first application.
  • the new message may include, but is not limited to, a short message, an instant chat message (such as a WeChat message, a Skype message), or an application notification message (such as an application push message).
  • the electronic device when the electronic device displays the second user interface of the first application on the second screen, it stops displaying the notification information of the new message on the first screen.
  • the user when the electronic device displays the notification information of the new message on the first screen, the user can trigger the electronic device to display the specific content of the new message on the second screen by flipping the electronic device back and forth.
  • the user can view the specific content of the new message through simple user operations, and the user experience is good.
  • the present application provides a display method, which is applied to an electronic device equipped with a foldable display screen.
  • the method includes: detecting that the foldable display screen is in a folded state, where the foldable display screen includes a first screen and a second Screen; the first user interface is displayed on the first screen; the electronic device obtains the current location; the electronic device is detected to be flipped back and forth, and the second user interface is displayed on the second screen.
  • the second user interface and the current location of the electronic device are Location is associated.
  • the second user interface when the electronic device is in a subway station, the second user interface includes a subway ride code, or the second user interface is an NFC bus card swipe interface.
  • the subway ride code displayed on the second screen can be obtained in the following manner: the electronic device calls the ride function provided by some applications, such as the WeChat ride applet, to obtain the subway ride code.
  • the NFC bus card swipe interface displayed on the second screen can be obtained by: the electronic device launches the wallet application, calls the NFC bus card, and displays the NFC bus card swipe interface on the second screen.
  • the NFC bus card is pre-registered in the wallet by the user App added.
  • the electronic device may also display the subway ride code on the second screen in conjunction with the time when the user is in the subway station. For example, if the user is in the subway station for a predetermined time period (for example, 7:00-9:00, 17:00-22:00 on weekdays, the time period corresponds to the time period of the user's work and work, etc.), Then, when the user flips the electronic device back and forth, the electronic device displays the subway ride code on the second screen.
  • a predetermined time period for example, 7:00-9:00, 17:00-22:00 on weekdays, the time period corresponds to the time period of the user's work and work, etc.
  • the subway ride code is displayed on the second screen, which can avoid the user from accidentally triggering the second screen to display the subway ride code when the user is in the subway station but does not want to ride the train, such as the user at 12 noon Passing the subway station but do not want to ride.
  • the electronic device when the user is in a subway station, the electronic device can be flipped back and forth to trigger the electronic device to display the subway ride code or NFC bus card swipe interface on the second screen. Users can complete the payment through the subway ride code or NFC bus card swipe interface, and ride smoothly. That is, the user can trigger the electronic device to display the subway ride code or NFC bus card swipe interface through a simple user operation, which is convenient for the user to ride a car and has a good user experience.
  • the second user interface when the electronic device is in a shopping mall, the second user interface includes a payment code, or the second user interface is an NFC bank card payment interface.
  • the payment code may include a barcode and a two-dimensional code, and the payment code may be provided by a payment application (such as WeChat or Alipay) installed in the electronic device.
  • the NFC bank card payment interface can be obtained in the following ways: the electronic device starts the wallet application, calls the NFC bank card, and displays the NFC bank card swipe interface on the second screen. The NFC bank card is added by the user in the electronic device wallet application in advance .
  • the electronic device when the user is in a shopping mall, the electronic device can be triggered to display the payment code or the NFC bank card swipe interface on the second screen by flipping the electronic device back and forth.
  • the electronic device when the user is in the mall, the electronic device can also be flipped back and forth to trigger the electronic device to display the discount code/coupon, electronic movie ticket, movie ticket pickup code, etc. on the second screen, which is convenient for the user to Spending in shopping malls.
  • the electronic movie ticket and movie ticket collection code can be provided by the ticket purchase application (such as cat's eye, Taobao ticket, Meituan, etc.).
  • the second user interface when the distance between the location of the electronic device and the express cabinet is less than a preset value, the second user interface includes the express pickup code.
  • the pickup code may be a digital password.
  • the second user interface may further include one or more of the following: a courier company, a courier order number, an item picture, an item name, an address of the courier cabinet to which the item is delivered, a company to which the courier cabinet belongs, and so on.
  • the pickup code and other information displayed on the second screen can be obtained in the following ways: 1.
  • the electronic device obtains it from the database of the express company. 2.
  • the electronic device reads the user's short message and obtains it from the user's short message. 3.
  • Electronic devices are obtained from third-party applications (such as Taobao, JD.com, etc.).
  • the electronic device may also display the pickup code on the second screen in combination with the address of the courier to which the commodity is delivered. Specifically, when the electronic device is near the express cabinet, you can compare the location of the express cabinet and the address of the express cabinet to which the user's items are delivered to determine whether the express cabinet is the express cabinet to which the items are delivered. If so, it is displayed on the second screen Pickup code.
  • the electronic device when the user is near the express cabinet, the electronic device can be triggered to display the pickup code on the second screen by turning the electronic device back and forth.
  • the user can pick up the express through the pickup code. That is, the user can trigger the electronic device to display the pickup code through a simple user operation to smoothly extract the express, and the user experience is good.
  • the method may further include: the electronic device receives the verification information input by the user, and when the verification information input by the user and the verification information pre-stored in the electronic device are consistent, the electronic The device displays the second user interface on the second screen. This method can ensure the data security of electronic devices.
  • the electronic device may obtain the current position information in the following ways: 1.
  • the current position information may be obtained through a navigation system such as GPS, GLONASS, or BDS.
  • a navigation system such as GPS, GLONASS, or BDS.
  • BDS BDS
  • the current location information can be obtained through base station positioning, WiFi positioning, location-based service (LBS) or geo-fencing technology.
  • LBS location-based service
  • the method may further include: detecting that the foldable display screen is in the expanded state, displaying a third user interface, the third user interface is Both the first screen and the second screen are displayed; the content displayed on the third user interface includes the content displayed on the first user interface.
  • the folded state of the foldable display screen can be changed from the unfolded state.
  • the content displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state includes the content displayed on the first user interface, which may refer to the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state, which is the enlarged foldable display screen in the folded state
  • the user interface displayed on the first screen at the time or may refer to the user interface displayed when the foldable display is in the expanded state, not only includes the user interface displayed on the first screen when the foldable display is in the folded state
  • the content in can also include other content, such as more text, controls, etc.
  • the electronic device when it is detected that the foldable display screen is in the expanded state, displays the third user interface on the foldable display screen in full screen.
  • the electronic device is on the first screen When the first user interface is displayed on the screen, the power supply of the second screen is stopped, or the original user interface is continuously displayed on the second screen.
  • the electronic device is on the second screen When the second user interface is displayed on the screen, the power supply of the first screen is stopped, or the first user interface is continuously displayed on the first screen.
  • the method may further include: The electronic device determines that the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand; detects that the electronic device is turned back and forth, and displays the second user interface on the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand.
  • the first screen faces the user.
  • the second screen faces away from the user; after the electronic device is turned back and forth, the second screen faces the user, and the first screen faces away from the user.
  • the foldable display when the bending angle of the foldable display screen is less than a preset value, The foldable display is in a folded state; when the bending angle of the foldable display is greater than a preset value, the foldable display is in an unfolded state.
  • an angle sensor may be provided at a bending position of the foldable display screen, and the electronic device may detect the bending angle through the angle sensor.
  • the electronic device is detected to point vertically toward the first screen along the bottom of the first screen When the rotation angle in the direction of the top of a screen is greater than the first value, and the acceleration of the electronic device in a direction perpendicular to the plane where the first screen is located is less than the second value, the electronic device is flipped back and forth.
  • the present application provides an electronic device, including: one or more processors, a memory, and a foldable display screen.
  • the foldable display screen includes a first screen and a second screen;
  • the memory and the foldable display screen are coupled to one or more processors.
  • the memory is used to store computer program code.
  • the computer program code includes computer instructions.
  • One or more processors call the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
  • Detect that the foldable display is in a folded state display the first user interface of the first application on the first screen, where the first application belongs to a reading application;
  • the second user interface of the first application is displayed on the second screen
  • the second user interface and the first user interface include the same interface elements, and the second user interface and the first user interface differ in at least one of the following: the background color, the color of the display interface elements, or the arrangement of the interface elements .
  • the present application provides an electronic device, including: one or more processors, memory, a foldable display screen and a camera, the foldable display screen includes a first screen and a second screen, and the second screen is provided with the camera;
  • the memory and the foldable display screen are coupled to one or more processors.
  • the memory is used to store computer program code.
  • the computer program code includes computer instructions.
  • One or more processors call the computer instructions to enable the electronic device to execute:
  • the foldable display is in a folded state; display the first preview screen of the camera application on the first screen; the first preview screen includes the screen in the direction of the second screen collected by the camera;
  • the second preview screen of the camera application is displayed on the second screen, where the second preview screen includes the face image collected by the camera.
  • the face picture displayed in the second preview picture has at least one of the following effects: a depth-of-field effect, a background blur effect, or a character beautification effect.
  • the processor is further configured to call computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute: before detecting that the foldable display screen is in the folded state, it is detected that the foldable display screen is in the expanded state, displaying the camera application’s
  • the third preview picture is displayed on both the first screen and the second screen; where the third preview picture includes a picture in the direction of the second screen collected by the camera.
  • the processor is used to invoke computer instructions to cause the electronic device to display the third preview screen of the camera application on the foldable display screen in full screen.
  • the processor is used to invoke computer instructions to cause the electronic device to stop the power supply of the second screen when the first preview screen of the camera application is displayed on the first screen, or to continue on the second screen.
  • the original user interface is displayed on the screen.
  • the processor is used to invoke computer instructions to cause the electronic device to stop the power supply of the first screen when the second preview screen of the camera application is displayed on the second screen, or to continue on the first screen.
  • the first preview screen is displayed on the screen.
  • the processor is also used to invoke computer instructions to cause the electronic device to determine an area in the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand; it is detected that the electronic device is flipped back and forth in the second screen The second preview screen is displayed in the area not blocked by the user's hand.
  • the present application provides an electronic device, including: one or more processors, memory, a foldable display screen, a first camera, and a second camera;
  • the foldable display screen includes a first screen and a second screen, The aspect ratio of the second screen is smaller than that of the first screen, the first camera is set above the first screen, and the second camera is set above the second screen;
  • the memory and the foldable display screen are coupled to one or more processors.
  • the memory is used to store computer program code.
  • the computer program code includes computer instructions.
  • One or more processors call the computer instructions to enable the electronic device to execute:
  • the foldable display is in a folded state; display the first user interface of the first application on the first screen, where the first application belongs to the video call application, and the first user interface includes the image collected by the first camera and the counterpart of the video call Picture, there is partial occlusion between the picture collected by the first camera and the picture of the other party of the video call;
  • the second user interface of the first application is displayed on the second screen;
  • the second user interface includes the screen captured by the second camera and the counterpart screen of the video call, and the screen and video captured by the second camera The pictures of the other party of the call are not blocked from each other.
  • the processor is further configured to call computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute: before detecting that the foldable display screen is in the folded state, it is detected that the foldable display screen is in the expanded state, and the first application is displayed The third user interface is displayed on both the first screen and the second screen; where the third user interface is the enlarged first user interface.
  • the processor is used to invoke computer instructions to cause the electronic device to display the third user interface of the first application in full screen on the foldable display screen.
  • the present application provides an electronic device, including: one or more processors, a memory, and a foldable display screen.
  • the foldable display screen includes a first screen and a second screen;
  • the memory and the foldable display screen are coupled to one or more processors.
  • the memory is used to store computer program code.
  • the computer program code includes computer instructions.
  • One or more processors call the computer instructions to enable the electronic device to execute:
  • the second user interface of the first application is displayed on the second screen
  • the first application belongs to a taxi application
  • the second user interface includes information about taxi orders provided by the taxi application; or, the first application belongs to a navigation application, and the second user interface is a navigation interface provided by the navigation application.
  • this application provides an electronic device, including: one or more processors, a memory, and a foldable display screen.
  • the foldable display screen includes a first screen and a second screen;
  • the memory and the foldable display screen are coupled to one or more processors.
  • the memory is used to store computer program code.
  • the computer program code includes computer instructions.
  • One or more processors call the computer instructions to enable the electronic device to execute:
  • the second user interface of the first application is displayed on the second screen
  • the first user interface includes notification information of a new message received by the first application, and the second user interface includes specific content of the new message; the specific content of the new message contains more information than the notification information of the new message.
  • the present application provides an electronic device, including: one or more processors, a memory, and a foldable display screen.
  • the foldable display screen includes a first screen and a second screen;
  • the memory and the foldable display screen are coupled to one or more processors.
  • the memory is used to store computer program code.
  • the computer program code includes computer instructions.
  • One or more processors call the computer instructions to enable the electronic device to execute:
  • a second user interface is displayed on the second screen, and the second user interface is associated with the current location of the electronic device.
  • the second user interface when the electronic device is in a subway station, the second user interface includes a subway ride code, or the second user interface is an NFC bus card swipe interface.
  • the second user interface when the electronic device is in a shopping mall, the second user interface includes a payment code, or the second user interface is an NFC bank card payment interface.
  • the second user interface when the distance between the location of the electronic device and the express cabinet is less than a preset value, the second user interface includes the express pickup code.
  • the processor is further configured to call computer instructions to cause the electronic device to perform: receiving verification information input by the user; the received verification information input by the user and the verification information pre-stored by the electronic device If they are consistent, the second user interface is displayed on the second screen.
  • the processor is further configured to invoke computer instructions to cause the electronic device to perform: before detecting that the foldable display screen is in the folded state, it is detected that the foldable display screen is in the unfolded state.
  • the third user interface is displayed, and the third user interface is displayed on both the first screen and the second screen; wherein the content displayed on the third user interface includes the content displayed on the first user interface.
  • the processor is used to invoke computer instructions to cause the electronic device to display the third user interface in full screen on the foldable display screen.
  • the processor further uses When the computer instruction is called to cause the electronic device to display the first user interface on the first screen, the power supply of the second screen is stopped, or the original user interface is continuously displayed on the second screen.
  • the processor further uses When the computer instruction is called to cause the electronic device to display the second user interface of the first application on the second screen, the power supply of the first screen is stopped, or the first user interface is continuously displayed on the first screen.
  • the processor further uses When the computer instruction is called to make the electronic device determine the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand; when the electronic device is flipped back and forth, the second user interface is displayed on the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand.
  • the first screen faces the user
  • the second screen faces away from the user
  • the second screen faces the user
  • the first screen faces away from the user
  • the present application provides a computer storage medium, including computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions run on an electronic device, cause the electronic device to perform the display method as provided in the first aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer storage medium, including computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions run on an electronic device, cause the electronic device to perform the display method as provided in the second aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer storage medium, including computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions run on an electronic device, cause the electronic device to perform the display method as provided in the third aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer storage medium, including computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions run on an electronic device, cause the electronic device to perform the display method as provided in the fourth aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer storage medium, including computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions run on an electronic device, cause the electronic device to perform the display method as provided in the fifth aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer storage medium, including computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions run on an electronic device, cause the electronic device to perform the display method as provided in the sixth aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product which, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the display method as in the first aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the display method as in the second aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to perform the display method as in the third aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the display method as in the fourth aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to perform the display method as in the fifth aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, which, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the display method according to the sixth aspect.
  • the present application provides an electronic device including a functional unit for performing the display method of the first aspect described above.
  • the present application provides an electronic device including a functional unit for performing the display method of the second aspect described above.
  • the present application provides an electronic device including a functional unit for performing the display method of the third aspect described above.
  • the present application provides an electronic device including a functional unit for performing the display method of the fourth aspect.
  • the present application provides an electronic device including a functional unit for performing the display method of the fifth aspect.
  • the present application provides an electronic device including a functional unit for performing the display method of the sixth aspect described above.
  • users can use the interactive method of flipping the electronic device forward and backward to trigger the electronic device to combine the currently running application or the current location, and display the content that the user wants to see on the second screen, taking full advantage of the advantages of the multi-screen for the user
  • a convenient interactive way, easy to operate, can improve the user experience.
  • 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by this application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a display screen configured by an electronic device provided by this application.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of the software structure of the electronic device provided by this application.
  • 16-21 are schematic flowcharts of the display method provided by this application.
  • first and second are used for description purposes only, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features.
  • the features defined as “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of the features.
  • the meaning of “plurality” is two or more.
  • the display method of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to electronic devices.
  • the electronic devices may be portable electronic devices such as mobile phones, tablet computers, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants (PDA), wearable devices, laptops), etc. .
  • portable electronic devices include, but are not limited to, portable electronic devices equipped with iOS, android, microsoft, or other operating systems.
  • the above portable electronic device may also be other portable electronic devices, such as a laptop with a touch-sensitive surface (for example, a touch panel) and the like.
  • the electronic device may not be a portable electronic device, but a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (such as a touch panel).
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2 , Mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, key 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display 194, and Subscriber identification module (SIM) card interface 195, etc.
  • SIM Subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyro sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine some components, or split some components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processor (graphics processing unit, GPU), and an image signal processor. (image)signal processor (ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU), etc.
  • image image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
  • the controller can generate the operation control signal according to the instruction operation code and the timing signal to complete the control of fetching instructions and executing instructions.
  • the processor 110 may also be provided with a memory for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory may store instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. The repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby improving the efficiency of the system.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • Interfaces can include integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit, sound, I2S) interface, pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation (PCM) interface, universal asynchronous transceiver (universal asynchronous) receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and And/or universal serial bus (USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transceiver
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (serial data line, SDA) and a serial clock line (derail clock line, SCL).
  • the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K, charger, flash, camera 193, etc., respectively through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface, and realize the touch function of the electronic device 100.
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled to the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170.
  • the audio module 170 can transfer audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering the call through the Bluetooth headset.
  • the PCM interface can also be used for audio communication, sampling, quantizing and encoding analog signals.
  • the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
  • the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface to realize the function of answering the phone call through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
  • the bus may be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
  • the UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function.
  • the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
  • the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 to peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the camera 193.
  • MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI) and so on.
  • the processor 110 and the camera 193 communicate through a CSI interface to implement the shooting function of the electronic device 100.
  • the processor 110 and the display screen 194 communicate through the DSI interface to realize the display function of the electronic device 100.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured via software.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or a data signal.
  • the GPIO interface may be used to connect the processor 110 to the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and the like.
  • GPIO interface can also be configured as I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface that conforms to the USB standard, and may specifically be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and so on.
  • the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100, and can also be used to transfer data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through the headphones.
  • the interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiments of the present application is only a schematic description, and does not constitute a limitation on the structure of the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may also use different interface connection methods in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection methods.
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 130.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100. While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 141.
  • the power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance) and other parameters.
  • the power management module 141 may also be disposed in the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be set in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be realized by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
  • Antenna 1 and antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in the electronic device 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve the antenna utilization.
  • the antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna can be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the electronic device 100.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may receive electromagnetic waves from the antenna 1 and filter, amplify, etc. the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to a modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modulation and demodulation processor and convert it to electromagnetic wave radiation through the antenna 1.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
  • the modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a high-frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal.
  • the demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and then passed to the application processor.
  • the application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through a display screen 194.
  • the modem processor may be an independent device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110, and may be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), and global navigation satellites that are applied to the electronic device 100 Wireless communication solutions such as global navigation (satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR), etc.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency-modulates and filters electromagnetic wave signals, and transmits the processed signals to the processor 110.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may also receive the signal to be transmitted from the processor 110, frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it to electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 to radiate it out.
  • the electronic device can obtain the current location information through the wireless communication module 160.
  • the electronic device may provide a payment function through the wireless communication module 160, such as NFC bank card payment, NFC bus card ride, and so on.
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include a global mobile communication system (global system for mobile communications, GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband Wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long-term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
  • the GNSS may include a global positioning system (GPS), a global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), a beidou navigation system (BDS), and a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • BDS beidou navigation system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite-based augmentation systems
  • the electronic device can obtain the current location information through the mobile communication module 150.
  • the electronic device 100 realizes a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connecting the display screen 194 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations and used for graphics rendering.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used for displaying images, videos and the like.
  • the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel may use a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light) emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diode (QLED), etc.
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the display screen 194 when the display panel uses OLED, AMOLED, FLED and other materials, the display screen 194 may be bent, that is, the electronic device 100 may be configured with a foldable display screen.
  • the display screen 194 can be bent means that the display screen can be bent to any angle at a fixed location or any location, and can be maintained at this angle.
  • the foldable display has two modes: unfolded state and folded state. Wherein, when the bending angle formed when the foldable display screen is bent is greater than a preset value, it can be regarded as being in an unfolded state, and when the bending angle formed when the foldable display screen is bent is smaller than a preset value, it can be regarded as being in a folded state.
  • the bending angle may refer to the angle formed by the side of the foldable screen that is not used to display content at the bending part, as shown in 2a of FIG. 2, the side of the foldable screen facing the user is used to display content, and the bending angle is as shown in the figure .
  • the preset value may be defined in advance, for example, it may be 90 degrees, 80 degrees, or the like.
  • an angle sensor may be provided at a bending position of the foldable display screen, and the electronic device may detect the bending angle through the angle sensor, and determine whether the foldable display screen is in an unfolded state according to the bending angle or Folded state. Exemplarily, referring to 2a of FIG.
  • the display screen 194 may be folded from the middle, and the folded display screen may be divided into an A screen and a B screen.
  • the electronic device 100 is configured with a foldable display screen, and the foldable display screen is in a folded state, it can be regarded that the electronic device 100 provides two display screens.
  • the user interface provided by the operating system of the electronic device can be displayed in full screen.
  • the full-screen display user interface can mean that the user interface occupies the entire display area of the foldable display screen, or it can mean that the user interface occupies most of the display area of the display screen, for example, when the foldable display screen is a shaped cutting screen (Notch screen) , The user interface is displayed in the middle part of the special-shaped cutting screen, and when the edge part of one or both sides is blank, it can also be regarded that the foldable display screen displays the user interface in full screen.
  • the electronic device may display the user interface provided by the operating system on only one of the foldable display screens, or on both display screens of the foldable display screen
  • the user interface provided by the operating system of the electronic device is not limited by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the electronic device may change from displaying the user interface on the foldable display screen to display on one of the foldable display screens The user interface.
  • the electronic device 100 may be configured with two independent display screens, and the two display screens are located on both sides of the electronic device 100, respectively.
  • the two display screens may have the same configuration or different configurations.
  • the two display screens may use the same or different materials, and may have the same or different screen sizes.
  • one display screen is a 6-inch OLED screen and one display screen is a 5-inch LCD screen. No restrictions.
  • one of the display screens may be referred to as a first screen, and the other display screen may be referred to as a second screen.
  • the B screen may be regarded as the first screen
  • the A screen may be regarded as the second screen.
  • the D screen may be regarded as the first screen
  • the C screen may be regarded as the second screen.
  • the electronic device 100 can realize a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the ISP processes the data fed back by the camera 193. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera photosensitive element through the lens, and the optical signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera photosensitive element transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, which is converted into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also optimize the algorithm of image noise, brightness and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be set in the camera 193.
  • the camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it onto the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (charge coupled device, CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CCD charge coupled device
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • the ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other format image signals.
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the digital signal processor is used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, it can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 is selected at a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy at the frequency point.
  • Video codec is used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in various encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (moving picture experts, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
  • moving picture experts group moving picture experts, MPEG
  • MPEG2 moving picture experts, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
  • NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • the NPU can realize applications such as intelligent recognition of the electronic device 100, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, and text understanding.
  • the external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area may store an operating system, at least one function required application programs (such as sound playback function, image playback function, etc.) and so on.
  • the storage data area may store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during use of the electronic device 100 and the like.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash memory (universal flash storage, UFS), and so on.
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 and/or instructions stored in the memory provided in the processor.
  • the electronic device 100 may implement audio functions through an audio module 170, a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, a headphone interface 170D, and an application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 may be disposed in the processor 110, or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be disposed in the processor 110.
  • the speaker 170A also known as a "speaker" is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
  • the receiver 170B also known as "handset" is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the voice can be received by bringing the receiver 170B close to the ear.
  • the microphone 170C also known as “microphone”, “microphone”, is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the user can make a sound by approaching the microphone 170C through a person's mouth, and input a sound signal to the microphone 170C.
  • the electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C. In addition to collecting sound signals, it may also implement a noise reduction function. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may further include three, four, or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and implement directional recording functions.
  • the headset interface 170D is used to connect wired headsets.
  • the earphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile electronic device (open terminal) platform (OMTP) standard interface, and the American Telecommunications Industry Association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the United States, CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile electronic device
  • CTIA American Telecommunications Industry Association
  • the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
  • the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194.
  • the capacitive pressure sensor may be a parallel plate including at least two conductive materials. When force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes.
  • the electronic device 100 determines the strength of the pressure according to the change in capacitance.
  • the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A.
  • the electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position based on the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
  • touch operations that act on the same touch position but have different touch operation intensities may correspond to different operation instructions. For example, when a touch operation with a touch operation intensity less than the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
  • the pressure sensor 180A may also be disposed on the frame of the electronic device 100. The electronic device 100 may calculate the touch point of the user and the electronic device 100 through the pressure detected by the pressure sensor 180A.
  • the gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the movement posture of the electronic device 100.
  • the angular velocity of the electronic device 100 around three axes ie, x, y, and z axes
  • the gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization. Exemplarily, when the shutter is pressed, the gyro sensor 180B detects the shaking angle of the electronic device 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate based on the angle, and allows the lens to cancel the shaking of the electronic device 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake.
  • the gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
  • the electronic device 100 may determine whether the electronic device is turned back and forth by the user, whether it is in a vertical posture, etc., through the gyro sensor 180B.
  • the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude by using the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
  • the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip holster using the magnetic sensor 180D.
  • the electronic device 100 may detect the opening and closing of the clamshell according to the magnetic sensor 180D.
  • characteristics such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the electronic device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to recognize the posture of electronic devices, and can be used in horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometer and other applications. In some embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may determine whether the electronic device is turned back and forth by the user, whether it is in a vertical posture, etc., through the acceleration sensor 180E.
  • the distance sensor 180F is used to measure the distance.
  • the electronic device 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting scenes, the electronic device 100 may use the distance sensor 180F to measure distance to achieve fast focusing.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector, such as a photodiode.
  • the light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode.
  • the electronic device 100 emits infrared light outward through the light emitting diode.
  • the electronic device 100 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it may be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 may determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, pocket mode automatically unlocks and locks the screen.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense the brightness of ambient light.
  • the electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived brightness of the ambient light.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in a pocket to prevent accidental touch.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to unlock the fingerprint, access the application lock, take a picture of the fingerprint, and answer the call with the fingerprint.
  • the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect the temperature.
  • the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold, the electronic device 100 performs performance reduction of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J in order to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 heats the battery 142 to prevent the low temperature from causing the electronic device 100 to shut down abnormally. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is below another threshold, the electronic device 100 performs boosting on the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown due to low temperature.
  • Touch sensor 180K also known as "touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 180K may be provided on the display screen 194, and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 constitute a touch screen, also called a "touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation acting on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • the visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194.
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100, which is different from the location where the display screen 194 is located.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the pulse of the human body and receive the blood pressure beating signal.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M may also be provided in the earphone and combined into a bone conduction earphone.
  • the audio module 170 may parse out the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice part acquired by the bone conduction sensor 180M to realize the voice function.
  • the application processor may analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal acquired by the bone conduction sensor 180M to implement the heart rate detection function.
  • the key 190 includes a power-on key, a volume key, and the like.
  • the key 190 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button.
  • the electronic device 100 can receive key input and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100.
  • the motor 191 may generate a vibration prompt.
  • the motor 191 can be used for vibration notification of incoming calls and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • touch operations applied to different applications may correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • the motor 191 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • Different application scenarios for example: time reminder, receiving information, alarm clock, game, etc.
  • Touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
  • the indicator 192 can be an indicator light, which can be used to indicate the charging state, the amount of power change, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and the like.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used to connect a SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be inserted into or removed from the SIM card interface 195 to achieve contact and separation with the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc.
  • the same SIM card interface 195 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards may be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with an external memory card.
  • the electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to realize functions such as call and data communication.
  • the electronic device 100 uses eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100.
  • the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, event-driven architecture, micro-core architecture, micro-service architecture, or cloud architecture.
  • the embodiment of the present application takes an Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 by way of example.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of the software structure of the electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor.
  • the layers communicate with each other through a software interface.
  • the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom are the application layer, the application framework layer, the Android runtime and the system library, and the kernel layer.
  • the application layer may include a series of application packages.
  • the application package may include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, and short message.
  • the application framework layer provides application programming interfaces (application programming interfaces) and programming frameworks for applications at the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer may include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, a notification manager, and so on.
  • the window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can obtain the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, intercept the screen, etc.
  • the window manager can obtain the sizes of the two display screens provided by the electronic device 100, and manage the content displayed on the two display screens in a unified manner.
  • Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make it accessible to applications.
  • the data may include videos, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phonebooks, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text and controls for displaying pictures.
  • the view system can be used to build applications.
  • the display interface can be composed of one or more views.
  • a display interface that includes an SMS notification icon may include a view that displays text and a view that displays pictures.
  • the phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the electronic device 100. For example, the management of the call state (including connection, hang up, etc.).
  • the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on.
  • the notification manager enables applications to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and can disappear after a short stay without user interaction.
  • the notification manager is used to notify the completion of downloading, message reminders, etc.
  • the notification manager can also be a notification that appears in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of a chart or scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window.
  • the text message is displayed in the status bar, a prompt sound is emitted, the electronic device vibrates, and the indicator light flashes.
  • Android Runtime includes core library and virtual machine. Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library contains two parts: one part is the function function that Java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
  • the application layer and the application framework layer run in the virtual machine.
  • the virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer into binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object lifecycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
  • the system library may include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media library), 3D graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (for example: SGL), etc.
  • surface manager surface manager
  • media library Media library
  • 3D graphics processing library for example: OpenGL ES
  • 2D graphics engine for example: SGL
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides the fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports a variety of commonly used audio, video format playback and recording, and still image files.
  • the media library can support multiple audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to realize 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, synthesis, and layer processing.
  • the 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer contains at least the display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
  • the following describes the workflow of the software and hardware of the electronic device 100 in combination with capturing a photographing scene.
  • the corresponding hardware interrupt is sent to the kernel layer.
  • the kernel layer processes touch operations into original input events (including touch coordinates, time stamps and other information of touch operations).
  • the original input event is stored in the kernel layer.
  • the application framework layer obtains the original input event from the kernel layer and identifies the control corresponding to the input event. Taking the touch operation as a touch click operation, for example, the control corresponding to the click operation is a camera application icon.
  • the camera application calls the interface of the application framework layer to start the camera application, and then starts the camera driver by calling the kernel layer.
  • the camera 193 captures a still image or video.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a display method.
  • the electronic device 100 in the embodiment of the present application includes two display screens: a first screen and a second screen.
  • the first screen may be a B screen
  • the second screen may be an A screen.
  • the first screen may be a D screen
  • the second screen may be a C screen.
  • the user can use the interactive mode of flipping the electronic device forward and backward to trigger the second screen to display the content that the user wants to see, which is easy to operate and can improve the user experience.
  • Flipping the electronic device back and forth refers to swapping the relative positions between the first screen and the second screen and the user.
  • the first screen ie, B screen
  • the second screen ie, A screen
  • the first The screen faces away from the user
  • the second screen faces the user.
  • the first The screen faces away from the user
  • the second screen faces the user.
  • the first screen ie, the D screen
  • the second screen ie, the C screen
  • the first screen faces away from the user
  • the second screen For users.
  • the user holds the electronic device if the user can see the content displayed on the screen, the screen can be regarded as facing the user; if the user cannot see the content displayed on the screen, the screen can be regarded as facing away from the user.
  • the user may trigger the electronic by flipping the electronic device back and forth
  • the device displays the corresponding content on the second screen in combination with the current location, the currently started application, and the like.
  • the following describes the display method provided by the embodiments of the present application in different cases.
  • the user flips the electronic device back and forth to trigger the electronic device to display the corresponding content on the second screen in combination with the currently launched application.
  • the application currently started by the electronic device may be a reading application, a camera application, etc.
  • the following describes the display method provided by the embodiments of the present application in conjunction with specific application scenarios.
  • Application scenario 1 The electronic device 100 starts a reading application and displays the user interface provided by the reading application on the first screen.
  • the user can trigger the electronic device 100 to display the user interface provided by the reading application on the second screen by flipping the electronic device 100 forward and backward.
  • the reading application may be referred to as the first application.
  • Reading applications refer to applications that provide information that users can read, such as text and pictures.
  • Pictures can include static pictures and dynamic pictures.
  • reading applications may include: Kindle, WeChat reading, Douban reading, Weibo, Zhihu, Jianshu or Toutiao.
  • FIG. 4 it shows the user interface 10 provided by the reading application displayed on the first screen when the electronic device 100 starts a reading application (for example, Kindle).
  • a reading application for example, Kindle
  • the first screen faces the user
  • the second screen faces away from the user.
  • the user interface 10 may include: a text 101 provided by a reading application, a control 102 for returning to a previous level, a comment input box 103, a collection control 104, a sharing control 105, and the like.
  • the user interface 10 may also include a status bar 106.
  • the status bar 106 may include one or more of the following: the name of the operator (for example, China Mobile), Wi-Fi icon, signal strength, time, battery icon, remaining power, alarm icon (not shown in the figure), or Bluetooth icon (Not shown in the figure) and so on.
  • the user interface 10 displayed on the first screen of the electronic device may be referred to as a first user interface.
  • the foldable display screen when the electronic device 100 is configured with a foldable display screen, in the example shown in 4a of FIG. 4, the foldable display screen is in a folded state.
  • the folded state can be transformed from the expanded state.
  • the foldable display screen when the foldable display screen is in an expanded state, the foldable display screen can display a user interface provided by the reading application, the user interface is displayed on both the first screen and the second screen, and the user interface displays
  • the content includes the content of the user interface displayed on the first screen when the foldable display screen is in the folded state (for example, the content included in the user interface 10).
  • the user interface when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state, the user interface may be displayed in full screen.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state is the user interface displayed on the first screen when the enlarged foldable display screen is in the folded state.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state includes not only the content in the user interface displayed on the first screen when the foldable display screen is in the folded state, but also other content , Such as more text, controls, etc.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state may be referred to as a third user interface.
  • the second screen when the electronic device 100 displays the user interface provided by the reading application on the first screen, the second screen may be in a black screen state or may display content.
  • the second screen being in a black screen state may mean that the electronic device 100 turns off the power supply of the second screen, or may mean that the second screen displays a black screen, which is not limited here.
  • the user can flip the electronic device 100 back and forth to exchange the relative positions between the second screen and the first screen of the electronic device 100 and the user.
  • the user can flip the electronic device 100 in the direction of the arrow shown in FIG. 4. That is, after the user flips the electronic device 100 back and forth, the second screen faces the user, and the first screen faces away from the user.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface provided by the reading application on the second screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may detect whether the electronic device 100 is turned back and forth through one or more of a gyro sensor, an acceleration sensor, and a gravity sensor.
  • the gyro sensor can detect the angle of the electronic device rotating clockwise or counterclockwise along the Y axis of its plane. If the rotation angle is greater than the first value (for example, 150 degrees or 160 degrees), it is determined that the electronic device 100 is turned back and forth .
  • the Y axis along the plane where the electronic device is located refers to the direction from the bottom of the first screen to the top of the first screen along the vertical direction of the screen, and reference may be made to the Y axis shown in FIG. 2.
  • the electronic device 100 mistakenly believes that it is currently flipped, and the acceleration sensor can also detect the electronic When the acceleration of the device along its Z axis is greater than the first value and the acceleration is less than the second value, it is determined that the electronic device 100 is turned back and forth.
  • the Z axis refers to a direction perpendicular to the plane where the first screen is located, and reference may be made to the Z axis shown in FIG. 2.
  • one or more of the gyro sensor, the acceleration sensor, and the gravity sensor of the electronic device can continuously and real-time monitor the posture of the electronic device.
  • FIG. 4 it shows the user interface 20 provided by the reading application displayed on the second screen after the electronic device 100 detects the user's operation of turning the electronic device back and forth.
  • each interface element in the user interface 20 is the same as the user interface 10 in 4a, and reference may be made to the relevant description of 4a.
  • the user interface 20 displayed on the second screen after the electronic device 100 is flipped back and forth may be referred to as a second user interface.
  • the configurations of the first screen and the second screen may be different, for example, the screen sizes of the first screen and the second screen may be different.
  • the screen size may include the area of the screen, the ratio of the screen width (width) and height (height), and so on.
  • the electronic device displays the user interface 20 provided by the reading application on the second screen At this time, the arrangement of the interface elements in the user interface 20 can be adjusted adaptively, which can be more in line with user habits and display beautifully.
  • the adaptive adjustment of the interface elements displayed on the second screen may also include adjusting the spacing between the interface elements, the display position of the interface elements, and so on, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the user interface 20 may also be displayed in a manner suitable for the user to read.
  • the electronic device 100 can adjust the background color of the user interface 20 to a dark color (for example, black), and switch the interface elements in the interface 20 to a suitable color (for example, white).
  • a display mode can save power, and Avoid glare when reading, which is convenient for users to read.
  • 4b of FIG. 4 which shows a possible manner in which the electronic device 100 displays the interface 20 in a form suitable for user reading.
  • how the electronic device 100 displays the user interface provided by the reading application on the second screen can be set by the electronic device 100 by default or pre-set by the user. Do restrictions.
  • the first screen when the electronic device 100 displays the user interface 20 on the second screen in response to the user's operation of flipping the electronic device back and forth, the first screen may not display any content, for example, it becomes a black screen state, or may continuously display the user Interface 10, no restrictions here.
  • the first screen changes to the black screen state it may mean that the electronic device 100 stops the power supply of the first screen, or it may mean that the first screen displays a black screen, which is not limited here.
  • the electronic device 100 when the first screen continues to display the user interface 10, the electronic device 100 may receive the input user operation on the user interface 10 and respond.
  • the user interface 10 when the first screen continues to display the user interface 10, the user interface 10 is locked, that is, the electronic device 100 cannot receive and respond to input user operations on the user interface 10, which can prevent the user from Some functions of the electronic device 100 are triggered on the screen by mistake.
  • the user can also flip the electronic device 100 back and forth again so that the electronic device 100 displays the user in the first screen Interface 10.
  • the user can flip the electronic device 100 again in the direction of the arrow shown in FIG. 4. That is, after the user flips the electronic device 100 back and forth again, the first screen faces the user, and the second screen faces away from the user.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 10 in the first screen.
  • the second screen may not display any content, for example, become a black screen state, or may continuously display the user interface 20, which is not limited herein.
  • the user can trigger the electronic device to display the user interface provided by the reading application on the second screen by flipping the electronic device forward and backward.
  • the second screen can display the user interface in a form suitable for user reading, improving the user experience.
  • Application scenario 2 The electronic device 100 currently starts the camera application, and the first screen displays a photographing interface.
  • the user can trigger the electronic device 100 to display the Selfie interface on the second screen by flipping the electronic device 100 forward and backward.
  • the camera application may be pre-installed by the electronic device 100, or may be downloaded and installed by the electronic device 100 through a network, which is not limited here.
  • the electronic device 100 may respectively set a group of cameras above the first screen and the second screen, or may only set a group of cameras above the first screen or the second screen.
  • a group of cameras may include one or more cameras.
  • FIG. 5a shows that the electronic device 100 currently starts a camera application (for example, a camera application pre-installed in the electronic device 100 ), and the photographing interface 30 displayed on the first screen.
  • a camera application for example, a camera application pre-installed in the electronic device 100
  • the photographing interface 30 displayed on the first screen.
  • the first screen faces the user
  • the second screen faces away from the user.
  • the photographing interface 30 may include: a captured image echo control 201, a shooting control 202, a control 203 for switching a camera, a shooting mode menu 204, a viewfinder frame 205, and some other controls such as for starting smart A control 206A for the object recognition function, a control 206B for turning on/off the flash, a control 206C for turning on/off the dynamic picture shooting function, a control 206D for adjusting the color tone, and a setting control 206E. among them:
  • the captured image echo control 201 can be used to display the last image captured by the electronic device 100, and can also monitor user operations for opening an album.
  • the electronic device 100 can detect a user operation (for example, a click operation) acting on the control 201, respond to the operation, and open the album application in response to the user operation, and display the saved picture.
  • a user operation for example, a click operation
  • the shooting control 202 can monitor user operations for shooting images.
  • the electronic device may detect a user operation (for example, a click operation) that acts on the shooting control 202, and in response to the operation determines the captured picture, save the picture, and display the picture in the control 201. That is to say, the user can click the shooting control 202 to take an image.
  • a user operation for example, a click operation
  • the control 203 for switching cameras can monitor user operations for switching cameras.
  • the electronic device 100 may detect a user operation (for example, a click operation) acting on the control 203, and switch the currently activated camera in response to the user operation. For example, turn off the camera above the second screen and start the camera above the first screen.
  • a user operation for example, a click operation
  • the shooting mode menu 204 may display one or more shooting mode options.
  • the shooting mode options can be implemented as icons, text or other forms.
  • the shooting mode options in the shooting mode menu 204 may include: large aperture mode options, night scene mode options, portrait mode options, camera mode options, video mode options, professional mode options, etc.
  • the framing frame 205 can be used to display the image acquired by the camera.
  • the electronic device 100 can refresh the display content therein in real time.
  • the image in the framing frame 205 is a picture of the direction of the second screen collected by the camera where the electronic device 100 is disposed above the second screen.
  • the photographing interface 30 may further include a hideable navigation bar.
  • the navigation bar may include a return key, a home screen key, and a multitasking key.
  • the photographing interface 30 displayed on the first screen of the electronic device may be referred to as a first preview screen.
  • the foldable display screen when the electronic device 100 is configured with a foldable display screen, in the example shown in 5a of FIG. 5, the foldable display screen is in a folded state.
  • the folded state can be transformed from the expanded state.
  • the foldable display screen when the foldable display screen is in an expanded state, the foldable display screen can display a user interface provided by the camera application, the user interface is displayed on both the first screen and the second screen, and the user interface includes the second The camera at the top of the screen collects the picture in the direction of the second screen.
  • the user interface provided by the camera application can be displayed in full screen.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state may be referred to as a third preview screen.
  • the second screen when the electronic device 100 displays the photographing interface provided by the camera application on the first screen, the second screen may be in a black screen state or may display content.
  • the second screen being in a black screen state may mean that the electronic device 100 turns off the power supply of the second screen, or may mean that the second screen displays a black screen, which is not limited here.
  • the user can flip the electronic device 100 back and forth to exchange the relative positions between the second screen and the first screen of the electronic device 100 and the user.
  • the user can flip the electronic device 100 in the direction of the arrow shown in FIG. 5.
  • the second screen faces the user
  • the first screen faces away from the user.
  • the electronic device 100 detects the user's operation of turning the electronic device back and forth.
  • a group of cameras of the electronic device 100 disposed above the second screen may continue to work to take pictures. After the user flips the electronic device 100 back and forth, since the second screen faces the user, a group of cameras disposed above the second screen captures the user's picture at this time.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user screen shot by a group of cameras above the second screen on the second screen, that is, display a Selfie interface on the second screen. That is to say, before the user flips the electronic device 100 back and forth, the pictures captured by a group of cameras arranged above the second screen are displayed on the first screen, and after the user flips the electronic device 100 forward and backward, the pictures captured by the group of cameras Is displayed in the second screen.
  • the configurations of the first screen and the second screen may be the same or different.
  • the screen sizes of the first screen and the second screen may be the same or different.
  • the arrangement of interface elements in the self-portrait interface may be the same as the photo interface displayed on the first screen The interface elements are the same.
  • the arrangement of interface elements in the self-portrait interface when the electronic device 100 displays the self-portrait interface on the second screen can be adjusted adaptively, which can be more in line with user habits and display beautifully.
  • the self-portrait interface 40 may include: a captured image echo control 201, a shooting control 202, a control 203 for switching a camera, a shooting mode menu 204, a framing frame 205, and a captured image echo area 207 and some other controls such as the control 206A for starting the intelligent object recognition function, the control 206B for turning on/off the flash, the control 206C for turning on/off the dynamic picture shooting function, the control 206D for adjusting the color tone, the settings Control 206E.
  • the picture displayed in the framing frame 205 is taken by a group of cameras arranged above the second screen, and may include the face picture of the user.
  • the captured image echo area 207 is used to display the image previously captured by the electronic device 100.
  • the selfie interface 40 may further include a hideable navigation bar.
  • the user interface for example, the Selfie interface 40 displayed on the second screen after the electronic device 100 is flipped back and forth may be referred to as a second preview screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may also switch the camera mode of the camera application to the portrait mode.
  • the portrait mode the face image displayed in the framing frame 205 in the Selfie interface 40 is processed by the electronic device 100, and the face image can carry one or more of a depth-of-field effect, a background blur effect, and a person beautification effect.
  • the effect of the depth of field on the face picture refers to blurring the background to highlight the subject (ie, the human face), and the effect of the background blur on the face picture means that the depth of field is shallow so that the focus of the picture is focused on the face.
  • Beautification effects may include, but are not limited to, whitening, face thinning, dermabrasion, pupil enlargement, and the like.
  • the electronic device 100 switches the photographing mode of the camera application to the portrait mode.
  • the first screen when the electronic device 100 displays the self-timer interface 40 on the second screen in response to the user's operation of flipping the electronic device back and forth, the first screen may not display any content, for example, it becomes a black screen state, or may continue to display and take pictures Interface 30, no restrictions here.
  • the first screen changes to the black screen state it may mean that the electronic device 100 stops the power supply of the first screen, or it may mean that the first screen displays a black screen, which is not limited here.
  • the electronic device 100 when the first screen continues to display the photographing interface 30, the electronic device 100 may receive the input user operation on the photographing interface 30 and respond.
  • the photographing interface 30 is locked, that is, the electronic device 100 cannot receive and respond to input user operations on the photographing interface 30, which can prevent the user from Some functions of the electronic device 100 are triggered by mistake on the screen.
  • the user can also flip the electronic device 100 back and forth again, so that the electronic device 100 displays the photo on the first screen Interface 30.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the photographing interface 30 in the first screen.
  • the second screen may not display any content, for example, become a black screen state, or may continuously display the Selfie interface 40, which is not limited herein.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device displays the photographing interface on the first screen, the user can trigger the electronic device to display the self-portrait interface on the second screen by flipping the electronic device forward and backward.
  • the electronic device can also switch the photographing mode of the camera application to the portrait mode, which is easy to operate, and can satisfy the user's Selfie needs and improve the user experience.
  • Application scenario 3 The electronic device 100 currently starts a video call application, and a video call interface is displayed on the first screen.
  • the user can trigger the electronic device 100 to display the video call interface on the second screen by flipping the electronic device 100 forward and backward.
  • the video call application refers to an application that can be used for video calls between two parties or multiple parties.
  • video calling applications may include: WeChat (WeChat), FaceTime or Skype.
  • WeChat WeChat
  • FaceTime FaceTime
  • Skype Skype
  • the video call application may be referred to as the first application.
  • a group of cameras are respectively disposed above the first screen and above the second screen of the electronic device 100.
  • the camera provided above the first screen may be referred to as a first camera
  • the camera provided above the second screen may be referred to as a second camera.
  • the video call interface 50 may include: a shooting screen display area 301, a counterpart screen display area 302, a control 303 for switching a camera, a hang-up control 304, a mute control 305, and the like.
  • the opponent's screen display area 302 is floatingly displayed on the shooting screen display area 301, blocking part of the content of the shooting screen display area 301.
  • the area 302 and the area 301 shown in 6a may be interchanged, that is, the shooting screen display area 301 may be hovered and displayed on the counterpart screen display area 302, blocking part of the content of the counterpart screen display area 302.
  • the user screen displayed in the shooting screen display area 301 may be taken by a group of cameras arranged above the first screen.
  • the other party's screen display area 302 is used to display the other party's screen of the video call.
  • the other party's screen of the video call is the other party's screen for establishing a video call connection with the user.
  • the video call interface 50 displayed by the electronic device on the first screen may be referred to as the first user interface of the first application.
  • the foldable display screen when the electronic device 100 is configured with a foldable display screen, in the example shown in 6a of FIG. 6, the foldable display screen is in a folded state.
  • the folded state can be transformed from the expanded state.
  • the foldable display screen when the foldable display screen is in an expanded state, the foldable display screen can display the user interface provided by the video calling application, the user interface is displayed on both the first screen and the second screen, and the user interface is The user interface (for example, the video call interface 50) displayed on the first screen when the enlarged foldable display screen is in a folded state.
  • the foldable display screen when the foldable display screen is in an expanded state, the foldable display screen can display the user interface provided by the video calling application in full screen.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state may be referred to as the third user interface of the first application.
  • the second screen when the electronic device 100 displays the video call interface on the first screen, the second screen may be in a black screen state or may display content.
  • the second screen being in a black screen state may mean that the electronic device 100 turns off the power supply of the second screen, or may mean that the second screen displays a black screen, which is not limited here.
  • the user can flip the electronic device 100 back and forth to exchange the relative positions between the second screen and the first screen of the electronic device 100 and the user.
  • the user can flip the electronic device 100 in the direction of the arrow shown in FIG. 6.
  • the second screen faces the user
  • the first screen faces away from the user.
  • the electronic device 100 detects the user's operation of turning the electronic device back and forth.
  • the electronic device 100 may close a group of cameras arranged above the first screen and start a group of cameras arranged above the second screen. After the user flips the electronic device 100 back and forth, since the second screen faces the user, a group of cameras provided above the second screen starts to shoot the user's picture.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user picture captured by a group of cameras above the second screen on the second screen, and display a video call interface on the second screen.
  • the configurations of the first screen and the second screen may be the same or different.
  • the screen sizes of the first screen and the second screen may be the same or different.
  • the arrangement of interface elements in the video call interface may be the same as that displayed on the first screen
  • the interface elements of the video call interface are the same.
  • the screen sizes of the first screen and the second screen are different, compared to displaying the video call interface on the first screen, when the electronic device 100 displays the video call interface on the second screen, the interface elements in the video call interface
  • the arrangement of the can be adjusted adaptively, which can be more in line with user habits and display beautifully.
  • the video call interface 60 may include: a shooting screen display area 301, a counterpart screen display area 302, a control 303 for switching a camera, a hang-up control 304, a mute control 305, and the like.
  • the counterpart screen display area 302 and the shooting screen display area 301 are not blocked from each other.
  • the user screen displayed in the shooting screen display area 301 is taken by a group of cameras arranged above the second screen.
  • the user interface (for example, the video call interface 60) displayed on the second screen after the electronic device 100 is flipped back and forth may be referred to as the second user interface of the first application.
  • the electronic device 100 adjusts the video call interface when displaying the video call interface on the second screen
  • the adjustment includes reducing the screen in the shooting screen display area 301, reducing the display ratio of the control 303, the control 304, and the control 305, adjusting the relative between the other screen display area 302 and the shooting screen display area 301 Location etc. It is not limited to the arrangement shown in 6b. In practical applications, when the electronic device 100 displays a video call interface on the second screen, it may also increase or decrease interface elements, etc. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the first screen may not display any content, such as a black screen to a black screen state.
  • the user can also flip the electronic device 100 back and forth again so that the electronic device 100 is displayed in the first screen Video call interface 50.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the video call interface 50 in the first screen.
  • the electronic device displays the video call interface on the first screen
  • the user can trigger the electronic device to display the video call interface on the second screen by flipping the electronic device forward and backward.
  • the video call interface will be adapted to the size of the second screen for display, which is easy to operate and can improve the user experience.
  • Application scenario 4 The electronic device currently runs taxi-hailing applications, and users place orders through the taxi-hailing applications.
  • the user can trigger the electronic device 100 to display the order information on the second screen by flipping the electronic device 100 forward and backward.
  • Taxi applications can include, but are not limited to: Didi Taxi, Uber, Lyft, etc.
  • the taxi application may be referred to as the first application.
  • the user can place an order through the taxi application.
  • FIG. 7 shows a user interface 70 displayed on the first screen when a user places an order through a taxi-hailing application.
  • the first screen faces the user, and the second screen faces away from the user.
  • the user interface 70 may include: a plurality of controls 401 for selecting a vehicle type, a pick-up point input control 402, a drop-off point input control 403, a call express control 404, and other interface elements.
  • the user interface 70 may also include a status bar.
  • the user interface 70 may also include a navigation bar. After entering the taxi information on the user interface shown in 7a, the user can click the call express control 404 to place an order. After the order is placed, the driver who matches the taxi information entered by the user can take the order.
  • the foldable display screen when the electronic device 100 is configured with a foldable display screen, in the example shown in 7a of FIG. 7, the foldable display screen is in a folded state.
  • the folded state can be transformed from the expanded state.
  • the foldable display screen when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state, the foldable display screen can display the user interface provided by the taxi application, the user interface is displayed on both the first screen and the second screen, and the user interface displays
  • the content includes the content of the user interface displayed on the first screen when the foldable display screen is in the folded state (for example, the content included in the user interface 70).
  • the user interface provided by the taxi-hailing application when the foldable display screen is in a folded state, the user interface provided by the taxi-hailing application can be displayed in full screen.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state is the user interface displayed on the first screen when the enlarged foldable display screen is in the folded state.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state includes not only the content in the user interface displayed on the first screen when the foldable display screen is in the folded state, but also other content , Such as more text, controls, etc.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state may be referred to as a third user interface.
  • the electronic device 100 may quit displaying the user interface provided by the taxi application in response to the user operation, and display the user interface 80 provided by other applications (for example, the reading application).
  • the taxi application continues to run in the background of the electronic device 100.
  • the user interface 80 displayed by the electronic device on the first screen may be referred to as a first user interface.
  • the second screen when the electronic device 100 displays the user interface shown in 7b on the first screen, the second screen may be in a black screen state, or may display content.
  • the second screen being in a black screen state may mean that the electronic device 100 turns off the power supply of the second screen, or may mean that the second screen displays a black screen, which is not limited here.
  • the user can flip the electronic device 100 back and forth to swap the relative positions between the second screen and the first screen of the electronic device 100 and the user.
  • the user can flip the electronic device 100 in the direction of the arrow shown in FIG. 7. That is, after the user flips the electronic device 100 back and forth, the second screen faces the user, and the first screen faces away from the user.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the order information of the order placed by the user through the taxi application on the second screen.
  • the order information may include at least one of the following: whether the order has been received, the order picker, the contact information of the order picker, the order receiving license plate, the time the order picking arrived at the pick-up point, etc.
  • 7c of FIG. 7 it shows the order information displayed on the second screen after the electronic device 100 detects the user's operation of turning the electronic device back and forth.
  • the user interface (for example, the user interface shown in 7c) displayed on the second screen after the electronic device 100 is flipped back and forth may be referred to as a second user interface.
  • the first screen when the electronic device 100 displays the order information on the second screen in response to the user's operation of flipping the electronic device back and forth, the first screen may not display any content, for example, it becomes a black screen state, or may continuously display the user interface 80, there is no limit here.
  • the first screen changes to the black screen state it may mean that the electronic device 100 stops the power supply of the first screen, or it may mean that the first screen displays a black screen, which is not limited here.
  • the electronic device 100 when the first screen continuously displays the user interface 80, the electronic device 100 may receive the input user operation on the user interface 80 and respond.
  • the user interface 80 is locked, that is, the electronic device 100 cannot receive the input user operation and respond on the user interface 80, which can prevent the user from being in the first Some functions of the electronic device 100 are triggered on the screen by mistake.
  • the user can also flip the electronic device 100 back and forth again so that the electronic device 100 displays the user interface on the first screen 80.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 80 in the first screen.
  • the second screen may not display any content, for example, it becomes a black screen state, or it may continue to display order information, which is not limited here.
  • the user places an order through a taxi-hailing application on the first screen, and after entering the user interface provided by other applications, the electronic device can be flipped back and forth to trigger the electronic device to display the order information on the second screen. It is convenient for users to check the progress of orders and enhance the user experience.
  • Application scenario 5 The electronic device 100 receives a new message and displays the notification information of the new message on the first screen.
  • the user can trigger the electronic device 100 to display the specific content of the new message on the second screen by flipping the electronic device 100 back and forth.
  • the electronic device 100 may run an application capable of receiving new messages in the background, such as a short message application, an instant chat application, a ticket booking application (such as Booking, Qunar, Ctrip, etc.), etc.
  • the electronic device may receive a new message based on the application, and the new message may include, but is not limited to, a short message, an instant chat message (such as a WeChat message, a Skype message), or an application notification message (such as an application's push message).
  • the electronic device 100 When receiving a new message, the electronic device 100 displays the notification information of the new message on the screen.
  • the notification information is usually a prompt window provided by the notification manager in the electronic device 100.
  • FIG. 8a it shows a user interface 90 displayed on the first screen when the electronic device 100 receives a new message.
  • the user interface 90 includes a prompt window 501.
  • the first screen faces the user
  • the second screen faces away from the user.
  • the new message is a flight reminder message, which may be pushed to the electronic device 100 by the booking application.
  • the prompt window 501 is displayed suspended above other content displayed by the electronic device 100.
  • the prompt window 501 includes a general summary of the new message, which is used to prompt the user to receive the new message.
  • the electronic device 100 can display the specific content of the new message on the first screen. That is to say, under normal circumstances, users need to click to view the specific content of the new message.
  • the application for receiving the new message may be referred to as a first application
  • the user interface 90 displayed by the electronic device on the first screen may be referred to as a first user interface.
  • the foldable display screen when the electronic device 100 is configured with a foldable display screen, in the example shown in 8a of FIG. 8, the foldable display screen is in a folded state.
  • the folded state can be transformed from the expanded state.
  • the foldable display screen When the foldable display screen is in an expanded state, the foldable display screen may display a user interface, the user interface is displayed on both the first screen and the second screen, and the content displayed on the user interface includes foldable The content of the user interface displayed on the first screen when the display screen is in the folded state (for example, the content included in the user interface 90).
  • the user interface when the foldable display screen is in a folded state, the user interface can be displayed in full screen.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state is the user interface displayed on the first screen when the enlarged foldable display screen is in the folded state.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state includes not only the content in the user interface displayed on the first screen when the foldable display screen is in the folded state, but also other content , Such as more text, controls, etc.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state may be referred to as a third user interface.
  • the second screen when the electronic device 100 displays the notification information of the new message on the first screen, the second screen may be in a black screen state or may display content.
  • the second screen being in a black screen state may mean that the electronic device 100 turns off the power supply of the second screen, or may mean that the second screen displays a black screen, which is not limited here.
  • the user can flip the electronic device 100 back and forth to exchange the relative positions between the second screen and the first screen of the electronic device 100 and the user.
  • the user can flip the electronic device 100 in the direction of the arrow shown in FIG. 8. That is, after the user flips the electronic device 100 back and forth, the second screen faces the user, and the first screen faces away from the user.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the specific content of the new message on the second screen.
  • the electronic device 100 displays the notification information of the new message on the first screen, and detects that the user flips the electronic device back and forth, the electronic device 100 can call the application pushed to the new message to obtain the specific content of the new message, and The specific content of the new message is displayed on the second screen.
  • the electronic device 100 detects the user's operation of turning the electronic device back and forth, refer to the related description in Application Scenario 1.
  • the user can view the specific content of the new message on the second screen by flipping the electronic device forward and backward.
  • the user interface (for example, the user interface shown in 8b) displayed on the second screen after the electronic device 100 is flipped back and forth may be referred to as a second user interface.
  • the first screen when the electronic device 100 displays the specific content of the new message in the second screen in response to the user's operation of flipping the electronic device back and forth, the first screen may not display any content, for example, it may become a black screen state, or may continue
  • the user interface 90 is displayed, without limitation here.
  • the notification information of the new message is no longer displayed in the user interface 90, that is, the notification information of the new message in the first screen is cleared.
  • the electronic device 100 can receive the input user operation on the user interface 90 and respond, or the user interface 90 is locked, that is, the electronic device 100 cannot receive the input on the user interface 90.
  • the user operates and responds, which can prevent the user from falsely triggering some functions of the electronic device 100 on the first screen.
  • the user can also flip the electronic device 100 back and forth again so that the electronic device 100 is in the first screen
  • the user interface 90 is displayed.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 90 in the first screen.
  • the second screen may not display any content, for example, it becomes a black screen state, or may continuously display the specific content of the new message, which is not limited here.
  • the electronic device may also display the corresponding content on the second screen in combination with other activated applications.
  • the electronic device can also run a navigation application. After the user selects a navigation route through the navigation application on the first screen and the electronic device displays the user interface provided by other applications, the user can trigger the electronic by flipping the electronic device back and forth. The device displays the navigation interface provided by the navigation application on the second screen.
  • the electronic device can also run a short message application. When the electronic device receives a new short message and displays the notification message of the new short message on the first screen, the user can trigger the electronic device to display on the second screen by flipping the electronic device forward and backward
  • the specific content of the new short message may include the sender, the sending time, and the content of the short message.
  • the user triggers the electronic device to display the corresponding content on the second screen in combination with the current position by flipping the electronic device.
  • the current location of the electronic device may be a subway station, a station, a shopping mall, an express delivery point, etc.
  • the following describes the display method provided by the embodiments of the present application in conjunction with specific application scenarios.
  • Application scenario 6 When the user is in a subway station, view the content on the first screen of the electronic device 100. The user can trigger the electronic device 100 to display the subway ride code on the second screen by flipping the electronic device 100 forward and backward.
  • the subway ride code may be a two-dimensional code.
  • the user can swipe the subway ride code on the card machine of the subway station, pay the fare, and enter and exit the subway station.
  • the content when the user is in a subway station, the content can be viewed on the first screen, and the content can be provided by any application.
  • the content on the first screen may be a reading interface, a video interface, an album, or a game interface.
  • FIG. 9 shows a user interface displayed on the first screen when the user is in a subway station.
  • the first screen faces the user
  • the second screen faces away from the user.
  • the user interface displayed on the first screen of the electronic device (for example, the user interface shown in 9a) may be referred to as a first user interface.
  • the foldable display screen when the electronic device 100 is configured with a foldable display screen, in the example shown in 9a of FIG. 9, the foldable display screen is in a folded state.
  • the folded state can be transformed from the expanded state.
  • the foldable display screen When the foldable display screen is in an expanded state, the foldable display screen may display a user interface, the user interface is displayed on both the first screen and the second screen, and the content displayed on the user interface includes foldable The content of the user interface displayed on the first screen when the display screen is in the folded state (for example, the content included in the user interface shown in 9a).
  • the user interface when the foldable display screen is in a folded state, the user interface can be displayed in full screen.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state is the user interface displayed on the first screen when the enlarged foldable display screen is in the folded state.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state includes not only the content in the user interface displayed on the first screen when the foldable display screen is in the folded state, but also other content , Such as more text, controls, etc.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state may be referred to as a third user interface.
  • the second screen when the electronic device 100 displays the interface shown in 9a on the first screen, the second screen may be in a black screen state or may display content.
  • the second screen being in a black screen state may mean that the electronic device 100 turns off the power supply of the second screen, or may mean that the second screen displays a black screen, which is not limited here.
  • the user can flip the electronic device 100 back and forth to exchange the relative positions between the second screen and the first screen of the electronic device 100 and the user.
  • the user can flip the electronic device 100 in the direction of the arrow shown in FIG. 9. That is, after the user flips the electronic device 100 back and forth, the second screen faces the user, and the first screen faces away from the user.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the subway ride code on the second screen.
  • the electronic device 100 can obtain the current position information in the following ways: 1.
  • the current position information is obtained through a navigation system such as GPS, GLONASS, and BDS.
  • 2. Obtain the current location information through the network.
  • current location information can be obtained through base station positioning, WiFi positioning, location-based service (LBS) or geo-fencing technology.
  • LBS location-based service
  • the electronic device 100 can determine whether it is in a subway station.
  • the subway ride code displayed on the second screen can be obtained in the following manner: the electronic device 100 calls a ride function provided by some applications, such as a WeChat ride applet, to obtain the subway ride code.
  • the user interface (for example, the user interface shown in 9b) displayed on the second screen after the electronic device 100 is flipped back and forth may be referred to as a second user interface.
  • the electronic device 100 may also display the subway ride code on the second screen in conjunction with the time when the user is in the subway station. For example, if the user is in the subway station for a predetermined time period (for example, 7:00-9:00, 17:00-22:00 on weekdays, the time period corresponds to the time period of the user's work and work, etc.), Then, when the user flips the electronic device back and forth, the electronic device 100 displays the subway ride code on the second screen.
  • a predetermined time period for example, 7:00-9:00, 17:00-22:00 on weekdays, the time period corresponds to the time period of the user's work and work, etc.
  • the subway ride code is displayed on the second screen, which can avoid the user from accidentally triggering the second screen to display the subway ride code when the user is in the subway station but does not want to ride the train, such as the user at 12 noon Passing the subway station but do not want to ride.
  • the electronic device may also provide the user with a payment function when riding the vehicle in other ways.
  • the electronic device can communicate with other devices through NFC, and the user can add an NFC bus card in the wallet application in the electronic device 100 in advance.
  • the user can flip the electronic device back and forth, trigger the electronic device to start the wallet application, call the NFC bus card, and display the NFC bus card swipe interface on the second screen, which can enable the electronic device to complete the payment through the NFC bus card. Ride smoothly.
  • the first screen when the electronic device 100 displays the subway ride code or the NFC bus card swiping interface on the second screen in response to the user's operation of turning the electronic device back and forth, the first screen may not display any content, such as a black screen The status can also continue to display the original user interface, without limitation here.
  • the first screen changes to the black screen state it may mean that the electronic device 100 stops the power supply of the first screen, or it may mean that the first screen displays a black screen, which is not limited here.
  • the electronic device 100 when the first screen continues to display the user interface shown in 9a, the electronic device 100 can receive the input user operation and respond in the user interface.
  • the user interface is locked, that is, the electronic device 100 cannot receive and respond to input user operations on the user interface, which can prevent the user Some functions of the electronic device 100 are triggered by mistake on the first screen.
  • the user can also flip the electronic device 100 back and forth again, so that the electronic device 100 The original content is displayed on the first screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface shown in 9a in the first screen.
  • the second screen may not display any content, for example, it becomes a black screen state, or it may continue to display the subway ride code or NFC bus card swipe interface. limit.
  • the electronic device 100 can be triggered by displaying the subway boarding code or NFC bus card swipe interface on the second screen by flipping the electronic device 100 forward and backward. Users can complete the payment through the subway ride code or NFC bus card swipe interface, and ride smoothly. That is, the user can trigger the electronic device to display the subway ride code or NFC bus card swipe interface through a simple user operation, which is convenient for the user to ride a car and has a good user experience.
  • Application scenario 7 When the user is in a shopping mall, view the content on the first screen of the electronic device 100. The user can trigger the electronic device 100 to display the payment code on the second screen by flipping the electronic device 100 back and forth.
  • the content when the user is in a shopping mall, the content can be viewed on the first screen, and the content can be provided by any application.
  • the content on the first screen may be a reading interface, a video interface, an album, or a game interface.
  • FIG. 10 shows a user interface displayed on the first screen when the user is in a shopping mall.
  • the first screen faces the user
  • the second screen faces away from the user.
  • the user interface displayed on the first screen of the electronic device (for example, the user interface shown in 10a) may be referred to as a first user interface.
  • the foldable display screen when the electronic device 100 is configured with a foldable display screen, the foldable display screen is in a folded state in the example shown in 10a of FIG. 10.
  • the folded state can be transformed from the expanded state.
  • the foldable display screen When the foldable display screen is in an expanded state, the foldable display screen may display a user interface, the user interface is displayed on both the first screen and the second screen, and the content displayed on the user interface includes foldable
  • the content of the user interface displayed on the first screen when the display screen is in the folded state for example, the content included in the user interface shown in 10a).
  • the user interface when the foldable display screen is in a folded state, the user interface can be displayed in full screen.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state is the user interface displayed on the first screen when the enlarged foldable display screen is in the folded state.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state includes not only the content in the user interface displayed on the first screen when the foldable display screen is in the folded state, but also other content , Such as more text, controls, etc.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state may be referred to as a third user interface.
  • the second screen when the electronic device 100 displays the user interface shown in 10a on the first screen, the second screen may be in a black screen state or may display content.
  • the second screen being in a black screen state may mean that the electronic device 100 turns off the power supply of the second screen, or may mean that the second screen displays a black screen, which is not limited here.
  • the user can flip the electronic device 100 back and forth to exchange the relative positions between the second screen and the first screen of the electronic device 100 and the user.
  • the user can flip the electronic device 100 in the direction of the arrow shown in FIG. That is, after the user flips the electronic device 100 back and forth, the second screen faces the user, and the first screen faces away from the user.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the payment code in the second screen.
  • the manner in which the electronic device 100 obtains the current location information is the same as in the application scenario 6, and reference may be made to the related description. After acquiring the current location information, the electronic device 100 can determine whether it is in a shopping mall.
  • the payment code may include a barcode and a two-dimensional code.
  • the payment code displayed on the second screen may be provided by a payment application (such as WeChat or Alipay) installed in the electronic device 100.
  • the user interface (for example, the user interface shown in 10b) displayed on the second screen after the electronic device 100 is flipped back and forth may be referred to as a second user interface.
  • the electronic device may also provide the user with a payment function during shopping through other methods.
  • the electronic device can communicate with other devices through NFC, and the user can add an NFC bank card in the wallet application in the electronic device 100 in advance.
  • the user can flip the electronic device back and forth, trigger the electronic device to start the wallet application, call the NFC bank card, and display the NFC bank card swipe interface on the second screen, which can enable the electronic device to complete the payment through the NFC bank card, smoothly shopping.
  • the first screen when the electronic device 100 displays the payment code or the NFC bank card swipe interface on the second screen in response to the user's operation of turning the electronic device back and forth, the first screen may not display any content, for example, it becomes a black screen state, You can also continue to display the original content, there is no limit here.
  • the first screen changes to the black screen state it may mean that the electronic device 100 stops the power supply of the first screen, or it may mean that the first screen displays a black screen, which is not limited here.
  • the electronic device 100 when the first screen continues to display the user interface shown in 10a, the electronic device 100 may receive the input user operation and respond in the user interface.
  • the user interface is locked, that is, the electronic device 100 cannot receive and respond to input user operations on the user interface, which can prevent the user Some functions of the electronic device 100 are triggered by mistake on the first screen.
  • the user can also flip the electronic device 100 back and forth again so that the electronic device 100 The original content is displayed on one screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface shown in 10a on the first screen, such as changing to a black screen state.
  • the second screen may not display any content, or may continue to display the payment code or the NFC bank card swipe interface. There is no restriction here.
  • the electronic device 100 can be triggered to display the payment code or NFC bank card swipe interface on the second screen by flipping the electronic device 100 forward and backward. Users can complete the payment through the payment code or NFC bank card swipe interface, and make a smooth purchase. That is to say, the user can trigger the electronic device to display the payment code or the NFC bank card swipe interface through simple user operations, make a smooth purchase, and the user experience is good.
  • the user when the user is in a shopping mall, the user can trigger the electronic device to display the payment code or the NFC bank card swipe interface on the second screen by flipping the electronic device back and forth.
  • the electronic device when the user is in the mall, the electronic device can also be flipped back and forth to trigger the electronic device to display the discount code/coupon, electronic movie ticket, movie ticket pickup code, etc. on the second screen, which is convenient for the user to Spending in shopping malls.
  • the electronic movie ticket and movie ticket collection code can be provided by the ticket purchase application (such as cat's eye, Taobao ticket, Meituan, etc.).
  • Application scenario 8 When the user is near the express cabinet, view the content through the first screen of the electronic device 100. The user can trigger the electronic device 100 to display the express pickup code on the second screen by flipping the electronic device 100 forward and backward.
  • Courier refers to self-service equipment that is set up in public and can be used for delivery and collection of express mail.
  • the recipient can ask the courier company to deliver the item to the designated courier cabinet, and then use the courier cabinet to send the pickup code to the electronic device (such as a mobile phone) to collect the courier by itself.
  • the pickup code may be a digital password.
  • the content when the user is near the express cabinet, the content can be viewed on the first screen, and the content can be provided by any application.
  • the content on the first screen may be a reading interface, a video interface, an album, or a game interface.
  • FIG. 11 which shows the user interface displayed on the first screen when the user is near the express cabinet.
  • the first screen faces the user
  • the second screen faces away from the user.
  • the user interface displayed on the first screen of the electronic device for example, the user interface shown in 11a
  • the user interface displayed on the first screen of the electronic device may be referred to as a first user interface.
  • the foldable display screen when the electronic device 100 is configured with a foldable display screen, in the example shown in 11a of FIG. 11, the foldable display screen is in a folded state.
  • the folded state can be transformed from the expanded state.
  • the foldable display screen When the foldable display screen is in an expanded state, the foldable display screen may display a user interface, the user interface is displayed on both the first screen and the second screen, and the content displayed on the user interface includes foldable The content of the user interface displayed on the first screen when the display screen is in the folded state (for example, the content included in the user interface shown in 11a).
  • the user interface when the foldable display screen is in a folded state, the user interface can be displayed in full screen.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state is the user interface displayed on the first screen when the enlarged foldable display screen is in the folded state.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state includes not only the content in the user interface displayed on the first screen when the foldable display screen is in the folded state, but also other content , Such as more text, controls, etc.
  • the user interface displayed when the foldable display screen is in the expanded state may be referred to as a third user interface.
  • the second screen when the electronic device 100 displays the user interface shown in FIG. 11a on the first screen, the second screen may be in a black screen state or may display content.
  • the second screen being in a black screen state may mean that the electronic device 100 turns off the power supply of the second screen, or may mean that the second screen displays a black screen, which is not limited here.
  • the user can flip the electronic device 100 back and forth to exchange the relative positions between the second screen and the first screen of the electronic device 100 and the user.
  • the user can flip the electronic device 100 in the direction of the arrow shown in FIG. 11. That is, after the user flips the electronic device 100 back and forth, the second screen faces the user, and the first screen faces away from the user.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the express pickup code on the second screen.
  • the electronic device 100 can determine whether it is currently near the express cabinet in the following manner: 1. The electronic device 100 obtains the current location information, and determines whether it is currently near the express cabinet according to the current location information.
  • the express cabinet can continuously broadcast messages using near field communication methods such as WiFi, Bluetooth, NFC, etc. When the electronic device 100 receives the message sent by the express cabinet, it can be determined that it is currently near the express cabinet.
  • the second screen may also display one or more of the following: a courier company, a courier order number, an item picture, an item name, the address of the courier cabinet to which the item is delivered, the company to which the courier cabinet belongs, and so on.
  • the user interface (for example, the user interface shown in 11b) displayed on the second screen after the electronic device 100 is flipped back and forth may be referred to as a second user interface.
  • the pickup code and other information displayed on the second screen can be obtained in the following ways: 1.
  • the electronic device obtains it from the database of the express company.
  • the electronic device may send the courier order number to the server of the courier company.
  • the server looks up the information corresponding to the courier order number in the stored database and sends the information corresponding to the courier order number to the electronic device.
  • the information corresponding to the express order number includes the pickup code.
  • the electronic device reads the user's short message and obtains it from the user's short message. Specifically, after the courier company delivers the courier to the courier cabinet, it can send a short message to the electronic device through the server, and the short message carries the pickup code. 3.
  • Electronic devices are obtained from third-party applications (such as Taobao, JD.com, etc.). Specifically, users usually purchase commodities in a third-party application. After the commodities are delivered to the courier company, the third-party application will obtain the transportation status reported by the courier company. The transportation status includes the pickup code.
  • the electronic device 100 can also display the pickup code on the second screen in combination with the address of the courier to which the commodity is delivered. Specifically, when the electronic device 100 is near the courier cabinet, the location of the courier cabinet and the address of the courier cabinet to which the user's item is delivered can be compared to determine whether the courier cabinet is the courier cabinet to which the item is delivered. The pickup code is displayed on the second screen. Among them, the address of the courier cabinet to which the user's items are delivered can be obtained by any of the above three methods.
  • the user can extract the express through the pickup code.
  • the user can enter the pickup code into the courier cabinet, the courier cabinet opens the corresponding courier grid according to the received pickup code, and the user can extract the courier from the courier grid.
  • the second screen may also display the pickup control 110.
  • the user can click on the pickup control 110, and after the electronic device 100 detects the click operation input by the user, it can send the verification ID (such as the pickup code) of the express corresponding to the pickup control via Bluetooth, WiFi, NFC, cellular data network, etc.
  • the express cabinet can automatically open the corresponding express grid according to the verification mark for the user to extract the express.
  • the first screen when the electronic device 100 displays the pickup code on the second screen in response to the user's operation of flipping the electronic device back and forth, the first screen may not display any content, for example, it becomes a black screen state, or may continue to display the original The content is not restricted here.
  • the first screen changes to the black screen state it may mean that the electronic device 100 stops the power supply of the first screen, or it may mean that the first screen displays a black screen, which is not limited here.
  • the electronic device 100 when the first screen continuously displays the user interface shown in FIG. 11a, the electronic device 100 may receive the input user operation and respond in the user interface.
  • the user interface is locked, that is, the electronic device 100 cannot receive and respond to input user operations on the user interface, which can prevent the user Some functions of the electronic device 100 are triggered by mistake on the first screen.
  • the user can also flip the electronic device 100 back and forth again so that the electronic device 100 displays the original on the first screen User interface.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface shown in 11a in the first screen.
  • the second screen may not display any content, for example, become a black screen state, or may continue to display the pickup code, which is not limited here.
  • the electronic device 100 when the user is near the express cabinet, the electronic device 100 can be triggered to display the pickup code on the second screen by turning the electronic device 100 back and forth.
  • the user can pick up the express through the pickup code. That is, the user can trigger the electronic device to display the pickup code through a simple user operation to smoothly extract the express, and the user experience is good.
  • the electronic device may prompt the user to verify the identity before displaying the corresponding content on the second screen. After the verification is passed, the electronic device is on the second screen The corresponding content is displayed.
  • the user can verify the identity by one or more of the following: password, fingerprint, face, voiceprint, or gesture.
  • the electronic device may be prompted on the second screen to verify the identity.
  • the user can input verification information to the electronic device. After the verification is passed, that is, when the verification information entered by the user and the pre-stored verification information are consistent, the electronic device displays the payment code on the second screen.
  • the area where the content is located may be related to the manner in which the user holds the electronic device. Specifically, after the user flips the electronic device back and forth, the content in the second screen is displayed in an area not blocked by the user's hand, which is convenient for the user to view. Exemplarily, refer to 12a of FIG. 12, which shows a user interface displayed on the first screen when the electronic device 100 receives a new message. After the electronic device detects the user's operation of flipping the electronic device back and forth, for example, referring to 12b of FIG. 12, after the user flips the electronic device back and forth and holds the electronic device in a landscape mode, the electronic device 100 may be on the second screen The left area in the screen that is not blocked by the user's hand shows the specific content of the new message.
  • the electronic device 100 may detect the manner in which the user holds the electronic device, so as to determine an area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user.
  • a pressure sensor may be provided under the second screen of the electronic device 100. When the user holds the electronic device, pressure will act on the pressure sensor at the corresponding position. Therefore, the electronic device can calculate the position of the touch point where the user touches the second screen from the pressure measured by the pressure sensor, thereby determining that the user's hand blocks the second The area of the screen.
  • the position of the frame of the electronic device 100 may also be provided with a pressure sensor, and the electronic device 100 may also calculate the position of the user's touch point on the frame from the pressure measured by the pressure sensor, thereby assisting in determining the user's hand Partly obscures the area of the second screen.
  • the electronic device 100 can detect that the user is holding the electronic device through the pressure sensor provided at the position of the second screen and/or frame Device pressure, and determine the location of the touch point shown in 12b. According to the position of the touch point shown in 12b, the electronic device may determine that the current user's hand blocks the right area of the second screen.
  • the second screen in addition to displaying the corresponding content on the second screen of the electronic device in combination with a specific scene, in response to the user's operation of turning the electronic device back and forth, the second screen may also display the preset content.
  • the preset content may be set by an electronic device or a user, and there is no limitation here.
  • the electronic device or the user can set the content as time and weather widget, calendar, schedule, etc.
  • FIG. 13a of FIG. 13 shows a user interface displayed on the first screen, where the user interface includes icons of applications installed on the electronic device, a status bar, and a navigation bar.
  • the first screen faces the user
  • the second screen faces away from the user.
  • the electronic device 100 in response to a user's operation of turning the electronic device back and forth, the electronic device 100 displays a preset time and weather widget on the second screen.
  • Application Scenario 4-Application Scenario 8 may appear simultaneously.
  • application scenario 5 and application scenario 6 appear at the same time, that is, the user receives a new message when he is in a subway station, and the electronic device or user presets the second screen display time and weather widget.
  • 14a of FIG. 14 shows a user interface displayed on the first screen.
  • the first screen faces the user
  • the second screen faces away from the user.
  • the user can trigger the electronic device to simultaneously display the specific content of the new message, the subway ride code, and the preset time and weather widget on the second screen by flipping the electronic device forward and backward.
  • the electronic device may also display the preset content on the display screen in combination with the current gesture.
  • the electronic device may also display the preset content on the display screen in combination with the current gesture.
  • Application scenario 9 When the user lifts the electronic device to a vertical posture, the electronic device displays the preset content on the display screen facing away from the user.
  • the preset content may include one or more of the following: the logo of the brand to which the electronic device belongs, the personal pattern or personal signature set by the user, and so on.
  • the electronic device is in a vertical posture means that the angle between the Y axis of the electronic device and the vertical direction is within a preset angle (for example, 30 degrees).
  • the vertical direction refers to the direction of the earth's gravity or the opposite direction.
  • the electronic device may detect whether the electronic device 100 is in a vertical posture through one or more of a gyro sensor, an acceleration sensor, and a gravity sensor. Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 15, it shows the content displayed on the display screen facing away from the user when the user makes/receives a call, that is, when the electronic device is in a vertical posture.
  • FIG. 4 to FIG. 15 introduce the human-computer interaction scenarios involved in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the display method provided by the embodiments of the present application is described below.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of a display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the display method shown in FIG. 16 corresponds to application scenario 1.
  • the display method is applied to an electronic device equipped with a foldable display screen, which includes a first screen and a second screen.
  • a foldable display screen which includes a first screen and a second screen.
  • the first screen and the second screen please refer to the related description above.
  • the display method may include the following steps:
  • Step S101 Detect that the foldable display screen is in a folded state; display a first user interface of the first application on the first screen, where the first application belongs to a reading application.
  • the electronic device may detect the bending angle through an angle sensor provided on the foldable display screen, and determine whether the foldable display screen is in the folded state or the unfolded state according to the bending angle.
  • an angle sensor provided on the foldable display screen
  • determine whether the foldable display screen is in the folded state or the unfolded state according to the bending angle reference may be made to the relevant description about the foldable display screen in the embodiment of FIG. 2.
  • the electronic device may detect that the foldable display screen is in the expanded state and display the third user interface of the first application.
  • the third user interface is on the first screen and Both are displayed on the second screen; the content displayed on the third user interface includes the content displayed on the first user interface.
  • the electronic device may display the third user interface of the first application on the foldable display screen in full screen.
  • the third user interface for the definition of the third user interface, reference may be made to the related description in the embodiment of FIG. 4. In other words, the folded state of the foldable display screen can be changed from the unfolded state.
  • the power supply of the second screen may be stopped, and content may also be displayed on the second screen, which is not limited herein.
  • Step S102 Detect whether the electronic device is turned back and forth.
  • Step S103 When the electronic device is turned back and forth, the second user interface of the first application is displayed on the second screen; wherein, the second user interface and the first user interface include the same interface elements, and the second user interface and The first user interface has at least one of the following differences: background color, color of displaying interface elements, or arrangement of interface elements.
  • the power supply of the first screen may be stopped, or the original user interface may be displayed on the first screen, that is, the A user interface.
  • the electronic device can also determine the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand, and when the electronic device is flipped back and forth, the second user interface is displayed on the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand .
  • the method for the electronic device to determine the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand, and the way to display the second user interface on the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand reference may be made to the related description in the embodiment of FIG. 12 .
  • the first screen faces the user and the second screen faces away from the user; after the electronic device is flipped back and forth, the second screen faces the user and the first screen faces away from the user.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of a display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the display method shown in FIG. 17 corresponds to application scenario 2.
  • the display method is applied to an electronic device equipped with a foldable display screen, which includes a first screen and a second screen, and a camera is provided above the first screen.
  • a foldable display screen which includes a first screen and a second screen, and a camera is provided above the first screen.
  • a camera is provided above the first screen.
  • the display method may include the following steps:
  • Step S201 Detect that the foldable display screen is in a folded state; display the first preview screen of the camera application on the first screen; the first preview screen includes the screen in the direction of the second screen collected by the camera.
  • the method for the electronic device to detect whether the foldable display screen is in the folded state or the unfolded state is the same as that in step S101 in FIG. 16, and reference may be made to the related description.
  • the electronic device may detect that the foldable display screen is in the expanded state, and display a third preview screen of the camera application.
  • the third preview screen is on the first screen and the first screen. Both screens are displayed; the third preview screen includes the screen in the direction of the second screen collected by the camera.
  • the electronic device may full-screen the third preview image of the camera application on the foldable display screen.
  • the third preview screen reference may be made to the related description in the embodiment of FIG. 5. In other words, the folded state of the foldable display screen can be changed from the unfolded state.
  • the power supply of the second screen may be stopped, and content may also be displayed on the second screen, which is not limited herein.
  • Step S202 Detect whether the electronic device is turned back and forth.
  • Step S203 When the electronic device is turned back and forth, a second preview screen of the camera application is displayed on the second screen, where the second preview screen includes a face screen collected by the camera.
  • the face picture displayed in the second preview picture has at least one of the following effects: a depth-of-field effect, a background blur effect, or a character beautification effect.
  • the power supply of the first screen may be stopped, or the original user interface may be displayed on the first screen, that is, the first User Interface.
  • the electronic device may also determine the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand.
  • the electronic device is flipped back and forth, the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand displays the first 2. Preview screen.
  • the method for the electronic device to determine the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand, and the way to display the second preview screen of the camera application in the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand refer to the embodiment of FIG. 12 Related description.
  • the first screen faces the user and the second screen faces away from the user; after the electronic device is flipped back and forth, the second screen faces the user and the first screen faces away from the user.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart of a display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the display method shown in FIG. 18 corresponds to application scenario 3, and the display method is applied to an electronic device equipped with a foldable display screen.
  • the foldable display screen includes a first screen and a second screen, and a first screen is provided above the first screen.
  • a second camera is provided above the second screen.
  • the definition of the first screen and the second screen please refer to the related description above.
  • the display method may include the following steps:
  • Step S301 Detect that the foldable display screen is in a folded state; display a first user interface of the first application on the first screen, where the first application belongs to a video calling application, and the first user interface includes images and videos collected by the first camera The picture of the other party of the call is partially blocked between the picture collected by the first camera and the picture of the other party of the video call.
  • the method for the electronic device to detect whether the foldable display screen is in the folded state or the unfolded state is the same as that in step S101 in FIG. 16, and reference may be made to the related description.
  • the electronic device may detect that the foldable display screen is in the expanded state and display the third user interface of the first application.
  • the third user interface is on the first screen and Both are displayed on the second screen; the third user interface is the enlarged first user interface.
  • the electronic device may display the third user interface of the first application on the foldable display screen in full screen.
  • the third user interface reference may be made to the related description in the embodiment of FIG. 6. In other words, the folded state of the foldable display screen can be changed from the unfolded state.
  • the power supply of the second screen may be stopped, and content may also be displayed on the second screen, which is not limited herein.
  • Step S302 Detect whether the electronic device is turned back and forth.
  • Step S303 When the electronic device is flipped back and forth, the second user interface of the first application is displayed on the second screen; the second user interface includes the image collected by the second camera and the counterpart image of the video call, and the image collected by the second camera The screen and the screen of the other party of the video call are not blocked from each other.
  • the power supply of the first screen may be stopped, or the original user interface may be displayed on the first screen, that is, the A user interface.
  • the electronic device can also determine the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand, and when the electronic device is flipped back and forth, the second user interface is displayed on the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand .
  • the method for the electronic device to determine the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand, and the way to display the second user interface on the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand reference may be made to the related description in the embodiment of FIG. 12 .
  • the first screen faces the user and the second screen faces away from the user; after the electronic device is flipped back and forth, the second screen faces the user and the first screen faces away from the user.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of a display method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the display method shown in FIG. 19 corresponds to application scenario 4.
  • the display method is applied to an electronic device equipped with a foldable display screen, which includes a first screen and a second screen.
  • a foldable display screen which includes a first screen and a second screen.
  • the first screen and the second screen please refer to the related description above.
  • the display method may include the following steps:
  • Step S401 Detect that the foldable display screen is in a folded state; display a first user interface on the first screen.
  • the method for the electronic device to detect whether the foldable display screen is in the folded state or the unfolded state is the same as that in step S101 in FIG. 16, and reference may be made to the related description.
  • the electronic device may detect that the foldable display screen is in the expanded state and display a third user interface, the third user interface being on the first screen and the second screen Both are displayed; the content displayed on the third user interface includes the content displayed on the first user interface. Further, in some embodiments, the electronic device may display the third user interface in full screen on the foldable display screen.
  • the third user interface for the definition of the third user interface, reference may be made to the related description in the embodiment of FIG. 7. In other words, the folded state of the foldable display screen can be changed from the unfolded state.
  • the power supply of the second screen may be stopped, and content may also be displayed on the second screen, which is not limited herein.
  • Step S402 Detect whether the electronic device is turned back and forth.
  • Step S403 When the electronic device is flipped back and forth, the second user interface of the first application is displayed on the second screen; wherein, the first application belongs to a taxi application, and the second user interface includes the taxi order information provided by the taxi application Or, the first application belongs to a navigation application, and the second user interface is a navigation interface provided by the navigation application.
  • the power supply of the first screen may be stopped, or the original user interface may be displayed on the first screen, that is, the first user interface is displayed.
  • the electronic device can also determine the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand, and when the electronic device is flipped back and forth, the second user interface is displayed on the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand .
  • the method for the electronic device to determine the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand, and the way to display the second user interface on the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand reference may be made to the related description in the embodiment of FIG. 12 .
  • the first screen faces the user and the second screen faces away from the user; after the electronic device is flipped back and forth, the second screen faces the user and the first screen faces away from the user.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic flowchart of a display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the display method shown in FIG. 20 corresponds to application scenario 5.
  • the display method is applied to an electronic device equipped with a foldable display screen, which includes a first screen and a second screen.
  • a foldable display screen which includes a first screen and a second screen.
  • the first screen and the second screen please refer to the related description above.
  • the display method may include the following steps:
  • Step S501 Detect that the foldable display screen is in a folded state; display a first user interface on the first screen, and the first user interface includes notification information of a new message received by the first application.
  • the method for the electronic device to detect whether the foldable display screen is in the folded state or the unfolded state is the same as that in step S101 in FIG. 16, and reference may be made to the related description.
  • the electronic device may detect that the foldable display screen is in the expanded state and display a third user interface, the third user interface being on the first screen and the second screen Both are displayed; the content displayed on the third user interface includes the content displayed on the first user interface. Further, in some embodiments, the electronic device may display the third user interface on the foldable display screen in full screen.
  • the third user interface for the definition of the third user interface, reference may be made to the related description in the embodiment of FIG. 8. In other words, the folded state of the foldable display screen can be changed from the unfolded state.
  • the power supply of the second screen may be stopped, and content may also be displayed on the second screen, which is not limited herein.
  • Step S502 Detect whether the electronic device is turned back and forth.
  • Step S503 When the electronic device is turned back and forth, the second user interface of the first application is displayed on the second screen; wherein, the second user interface includes the specific content of the new message; the specific content of the new message contains more information than the new The amount of information contained in the notification information of the message.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device displays the second user interface of the first application on the second screen, it may stop displaying the notification information of the new message on the first screen.
  • the power supply of the first screen may be stopped, or the original user interface may be displayed on the first screen, that is, the A user interface.
  • the electronic device can also determine the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand, and when the electronic device is flipped back and forth, the second user interface is displayed on the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand .
  • the method for the electronic device to determine the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand, and the way to display the second user interface on the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand reference may be made to the related description in the embodiment of FIG. 12 .
  • the first screen faces the user and the second screen faces away from the user; after the electronic device is flipped back and forth, the second screen faces the user and the first screen faces away from the user.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic flowchart of a display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the display method shown in FIG. 21 corresponds to application scenarios 6-8.
  • the display method is applied to an electronic device equipped with a foldable display screen, which includes a first screen and a second screen.
  • a foldable display screen which includes a first screen and a second screen.
  • the first screen and the second screen please refer to the related description above.
  • the display method may include the following steps:
  • Step S601 Detect that the foldable display screen is in a folded state; display a first user interface on the first screen.
  • the method for the electronic device to detect whether the foldable display screen is in the folded state or the unfolded state is the same as that in step S101 in FIG. 16, and reference may be made to the related description.
  • the electronic device may detect that the foldable display screen is in the expanded state and display a third user interface, the third user interface being on the first screen and the second screen Both are displayed; the content displayed on the third user interface includes the content displayed on the first user interface. Further, in some embodiments, the electronic device may display the third user interface on the foldable display screen in full screen.
  • the third user interface for the definition of the third user interface, reference may be made to related descriptions in the embodiments of FIGS. 9-11. In other words, the folded state of the foldable display screen can be changed from the unfolded state.
  • the power supply of the second screen may be stopped, and content may also be displayed on the second screen, which is not limited herein.
  • Step S602 Obtain the current location of the electronic device.
  • Step S603 Detect whether the electronic device is turned back and forth.
  • Step S604 When the electronic device is turned back and forth, a second user interface is displayed on the second screen, and the second user interface is associated with the current location of the electronic device.
  • the second user interface when the electronic device is in a subway station, the second user interface includes a subway ride code, or the second user interface is an NFC bus card swipe interface.
  • the second user interface is an NFC bus card swipe interface.
  • the second user interface when the electronic device is in a shopping mall, the second user interface includes a payment code, or the second user interface is an NFC bank card payment interface.
  • the second user interface For the acquisition method of the payment code and the NFC bank card payment interface, reference may be made to the related description in the embodiment of FIG. 10.
  • the second user interface reference may be made to 10b of FIG. 10.
  • the second user interface when the distance between the location of the electronic device and the express cabinet is less than a preset value, the second user interface includes the express pickup code.
  • the method of obtaining the express pickup code please refer to the related description of the embodiment in FIG. 11.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device displays the second user interface on the second screen, it may stop displaying the notification information of the new message on the first screen.
  • the power supply of the first screen may be stopped, or the original user interface may be displayed on the first screen, that is, the first user interface is displayed.
  • the electronic device can also determine the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand, and when the electronic device is flipped back and forth, the second user interface is displayed on the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand .
  • the method for the electronic device to determine the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand, and the way to display the second user interface on the area on the second screen that is not blocked by the user's hand reference may be made to the related description in the embodiment of FIG. 12 .
  • the first screen faces the user and the second screen faces away from the user; after the electronic device is flipped back and forth, the second screen faces the user and the first screen faces away from the user.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device including one or more available medium integrated servers, data centers, and the like.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, Solid State Disk).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Environmental & Geological Engineering (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)
  • Telephone Function (AREA)
  • Controls And Circuits For Display Device (AREA)
  • Digital Computer Display Output (AREA)
  • Control Of Indicators Other Than Cathode Ray Tubes (AREA)

Abstract

本申请公开了一种显示的方法及相关装置。电子设备在可折叠显示屏的第一屏中显示阅读类应用提供的用户界面时，用户可以通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在可折叠显示屏的第二屏中显示该阅读类应用提供的用户界面，并且，第二屏以适合用户阅读的形式显示该用户界面。实施本申请，用户可以利用前后翻转电子设备的交互方式触发电子设备结合当前运行的应用或者当前所处的位置，在第二屏显示用户希望看到的内容，充分利用了多屏幕的优势为用户提供便利的交互方式，操作简便，可提升用户体验。

Description

显示方法及相关装置
本申请要求在2019年1月11日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201910026700.0、发明名称为“显示方法及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及终端技术领域，特别涉及显示方法及相关装置。
背景技术
电子信息技术不断发展，电子设备的形态也越来越多。随着用户对电子设备所提供的信息量的需求越来越高，许多电子设备设置有多个屏幕。例如，电子设备可以设置正反两个显示屏，或者，电子设备可配置可折叠显示屏，当可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时可看作为用户提供了两个屏幕。
多个屏幕可以提高电子设备的利用率，满足用户的信息浏览需求。但是，现有技术中，各个屏幕分别显示不同的内容，多个屏幕显示的内容之间没有关联，缺少内容互通互动，没有充分利用多屏幕的产品价值。
因此，如何充分利用多屏幕的优势为用户提供更加便利的交互方式，提升用户体验，是当前亟需解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请提供了显示方法及相关装置，用户可以利用前后翻转电子设备的交互方式触发第二屏显示用户希望看到的内容，充分利用了多屏幕的优势为用户提供便利的交互方式，操作简便，可提升用户体验。
第一方面，本申请提供了一种显示的方法，应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，该方法包括：检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态，其中可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏；在第一屏上显示第一应用的第一用户界面，其中第一应用属于阅读类应用；检测到电子设备被前后翻转，在第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面，其中，第二用户界面和第一用户界面包括相同的界面元素，并且，第二用户界面和第一用户界面有以下至少一项不同：背景颜色、显示界面元素的颜色或界面元素的排布方式。
具体的，阅读类应用是指提供文字、图片等可供用户阅读的资讯的应用。阅读类应用可包括：Kindle、微信读书、豆瓣阅读、微博、知乎、简书或今日头条等。
具体的，界面元素的排布方式可包括但不限于以下至少一项：调整界面元素之间的间距、界面元素的显示位置或界面元素的大小等。
结合第一方面，在一个具体的实施例中，电子设备可以将第二用户界面的背景颜色调节为深色(例如黑色)，并将该第二用户界面的界面元素切换成合适的颜色(例如白色)。这样的显示方式可以节省电量，并且避免阅读时刺眼。
实施第一方面的显示方法，电子设备在第一屏中显示阅读类应用提供的用户界面时，用 户可以通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏中显示该阅读类应用提供的用户界面，此外，第二屏可以以适合用户阅读的形式显示该用户界面，提升用户体验。
第二方面，本申请提供了一种显示的方法，应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，该方法包括：检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态，其中可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏，第二屏上方设置有摄像头；在第一屏上显示相机应用的第一预览画面，第一预览画面包括该摄像头采集到的第二屏所在方向的画面；检测到电子设备被前后翻转，在第二屏上显示相机应用的第二预览画面，第二预览画面包括该摄像头采集到的人脸画面。
结合第二方面，在一些实施例中，第二用户界面包括的人脸画面具有以下效果中的至少一个：景深效果、背景虚化效果或者人物美化效果。也就是说，电子设备在第二屏显示第二用户界面时，可以将当前的拍照模式切换为人像模式。
结合第二方面或者第二方面的任意一种实施例，在一些实施例中，检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，该方法还可包括：检测到可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，显示相机应用的第三预览画面，第三预览画面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示；其中第三预览画面包括摄像头采集到的第二屏所在方向的画面。在一些实施例中，电子设备检测到可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，在可折叠显示屏上全屏显示该相机应用的第三预览画面。
结合第二方面或者第二方面的任意一种实施例，在一些实施例中，在第一屏上显示相机应用的第一预览画面时，停止第二屏的电源供应，或者，持续在第二屏上显示原有的用户界面。
结合第二方面或者第二方面的任意一种实施例，在一些实施例中，在第二屏上显示相机应用的第二预览画面时，停止第一屏的电源供应，或者，持续在第一屏上显示第一预览画面。
结合第二方面或者第二方面的任意一种实施例，在一些实施例中，该方法还包括：电子设备确定第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域；在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示第二预览画面。
实施第二方面的方法，电子设备在第一屏中显示拍照界面时，用户可以通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏中显示自拍界面。此外，电子设备还可以将相机应用的拍照模式切换为人像模式，操作简便，且能够满足用户的自拍需求，提升用户体验。
第三方面，本申请提供了一种显示的方法，应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，该方法包括：检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态，其中可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏，第二屏的宽高比小于第一屏的宽高比，第一屏上方包括第一摄像头，第二屏上方包括第二摄像头；在第一屏上显示第一应用的第一用户界面，其中第一应用属于视频通话应用，第一用户界面包括第一摄像头采集的画面和视频通话的对方画面，第一摄像头采集的画面和视频通话的对方画面之间有部分遮挡；检测到电子设备被前后翻转，在第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面，第二用户界面包括第二摄像头采集的画面和视频通话的对方画面，并且第二摄像头采集的画面和视频通话的对方画面之间互不遮挡。
具体的，视频通话应用是指可供双方或者多方视频通话的应用。视频通话应用可包括但不限于：微信(WeChat)、FaceTime或Skype等。
具体的，第二用户界面显示的拍摄画面显示区域和对方画面显示区域所占屏幕的大小，可以小于第一用户界面所显示的拍摄画面显示区域和对方画面显示区域所占屏幕的大小。
结合第三方面或者第三方面的任意一种实施例，在一些实施例中，检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，该方法还可包括：检测到可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，显示第一应用的第 三用户界面，第三用户界面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示；其中第三用户界面是放大后的第一用户界面。在一些实施例中，电子设备检测到可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，在可折叠显示屏上全屏显示该第一应用的第三用户界面。
实施第三方面的显示方法，电子设备在第一屏中显示视频通话界面时，用户可以通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏中显示视频通话界面。在第二屏中显示视频通话界面时，该视频通话界面会适应于第二屏的尺寸进行显示，操作简便，可提升用户体验。
第四方面，本申请提供了一种显示的方法，应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，该方法包括：检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态，其中可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏；在第一屏上显示第一用户界面；检测到电子设备被前后翻转，在第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面；其中，第一应用属于打车类应用，第二用户界面包括打车类应用提供的打车订单的信息；或者，第一应用属于导航类应用，第二用户界面为导航类应用提供的导航界面。
具体的，通过打车类应用，用户可以发布打车信息，即下单。和该打车信息相匹配的司机可以接单，并将用户送至目的地。打车类应用可包括但不限于：滴滴打车、优步(Uber)、Lyft等。
具体的，导航类应用可包括但不限于：高德地图、谷歌地图、百度地图等。
实施第四方面的显示方法，用户在第一屏中通过打车类应用下单后，可以通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏中显示订单信息，方便用户查看订单进度，提升用户体验，或者，用户在第一屏中通过导航应用导航后，可以通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏中显示导航界面，提升用户体验。
第五方面，本申请提供了一种显示的方法，应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，该方法包括：检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态，其中可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏；在第一屏上显示第一用户界面；检测到电子设备被前后翻转，在第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面；其中，第一用户界面包括第一应用接收到的新消息的通知信息，第二用户界面包括新消息的具体内容；新消息的具体内容包含的信息量大于新消息的通知信息包含的信息量。
具体的，第一应用可以为电子设备运行的能够接收到新消息的应用。第一应用可包括但不限于：短信应用、即时聊天应用、订票应用(例如Booking、去哪儿、携程等)等。电子设备可以基于该第一应用接收到新消息，该新消息可以包括但不限于：短信、即时聊天消息(例如微信消息、Skype消息)或应用通知消息(例如应用的推送消息)等。
结合第五方面，在一些实施例中，电子设备在第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面时，停止在第一屏上显示新消息的通知信息。
实施第五方面的显示方法，电子设备在第一屏中显示新消息的通知信息时，用户可以通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏中显示该新消息的具体内容。用户可以通过简便的用户操作查看该新消息的具体内容，用户体验好。
第六方面，本申请提供一种显示的方法，应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，该方法包括：检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态，其中可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏；在第一屏上显示第一用户界面；电子设备获取当前所在的位置；检测到电子设备被前后翻转，在第二屏上显示第二用户界面，第二用户界面和电子设备当前所在的位置相关联。
结合第六方面，在一些实施例中，当电子设备处于地铁站时，第二用户界面包括地铁乘车码，或者，第二用户界面为NFC公交卡刷卡界面。第二屏中显示的地铁乘车码可以通过以下方式获取：电子设备调用某些应用提供的乘车功能，例如微信的乘车小程序，以获取地铁 乘车码。第二屏中显示的NFC公交卡刷卡界面可以通过以下方式获取：电子设备启动钱包应用，调用NFC公交卡，并在第二屏中显示NFC公交卡刷卡界面，该NFC公交卡由用户预先在钱包应用中添加。
在一些实施例中，为了防止误操作，电子设备还可以结合用户处于地铁站时的时间在第二屏显示地铁乘车码。例如，如果用户处于地铁站的时间为预定时间段(例如工作日的7:00-9:00、17:00-22:00，该时间段分别对应用户的上班和下班的时间段等)，则当用户前后翻转电子设备时，电子设备在第二屏上显示地铁乘车码。结合用户处于地铁站时的时间在第二屏上显示地铁乘车码，可以避免用户在处于地铁站但并不想乘车的情况下误触发第二屏显示地铁乘车码，比如用户中午12点经过地铁站但并不想乘车。
实施第六方面的该实施例，用户处于地铁站时，可通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏中显示地铁乘车码或NFC公交卡刷卡界面。用户可以通过该地铁乘车码或NFC公交卡刷卡界面完成付款，顺利乘车。即，用户可以通过简便的用户操作触发电子设备显示地铁乘车码或NFC公交卡刷卡界面，方便用户乘车，用户体验好。
结合第六方面，在一些实施例中，当电子设备处于商场时，第二用户界面包括付款码，或者，第二用户界面为NFC银行卡付款界面。付款码可以包括条形码和二维码，该付款码可以是电子设备安装的付款应用(例如微信或支付宝)提供的。NFC银行卡付款界面可以通过以下方式获取：电子设备启动钱包应用，调用NFC银行卡，并在第二屏中显示NFC银行卡刷卡界面，该NFC银行卡由用户预先在电子设备的钱包应用中添加。
实施第六方面的该实施例，用户处于商场时，可以通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏显示付款码或者NFC银行卡刷卡界面。在其他的一些实施例中，用户处于商场时，还可以通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏显示优惠码/优惠券、电子电影票、电影取票码等，方便用户在商场中消费。其中，电子电影票及电影取票码可以由购票应用(例如猫眼、淘票票、美团等)提供。
结合第六方面，在一些实施例中，当电子设备所处的位置和快递柜之间的距离小于预设值时，第二用户界面包括快递取件码。这里，取件码可以为数字密码。在一些实施例中，第二用户界面还可以包括以下一项或多项：快递公司、快递订单号、物品图片、物品名称、该物品投递到的快递柜地址、快递柜所属公司等。第二屏显示的取件码以及其他信息可以通过以下几种方式获取：1、由电子设备从快递公司的数据库处获取。2、电子设备读取用户短信，从用户短信中获取。3、电子设备从第三方应用(例如淘宝、京东等)获取。
在一些实施例中，为了防止误触发第二屏显示取件码，电子设备还可以结合商品投递到的快递柜地址在第二屏中显示取件码。具体的，电子设备处于快递柜附近时，可以对比该快递柜所在位置和用户物品投递到的快递柜地址，判断该快递柜是否是物品投递到的快递柜，若是，则在第二屏中显示取件码。
实施第六方面的该实施例，用户处于快递柜附近时，可通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏中显示取件码。用户可以通过该取件码提取快递。即，用户可以通过简便的用户操作触发电子设备显示取件码，顺利提取快递，用户体验好。
结合第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实施例，该方法还可包括：电子设备接收用户输入的验证信息，在用户输入的验证信息和电子设备预先存储的验证信息一致的情况下，电子设备在第二屏上显示该第二用户界面。这种方式可以保证电子设备的数据安全。
结合第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实施例，电子设备可以通过以下几种方式获取当 前位置信息：1、通过GPS、GLONASS、BDS等导航系统获取当前位置信息。2、通过网络获取当前位置信息。例如，通过基站定位、WiFi定位、基于位置的服务(location based service，LBS)或地理围栏技术等获取当前位置信息。
结合第一方面、第一方面的任意一种实施例、第四方面、第四方面的任意一种实施例、第五方面、第五方面的任意一种实施例、第六方面或第六方面的任意一种实施例，在一些实施例中，检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，该方法还可包括：检测到可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，显示第三用户界面，第三用户界面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示；其中第三用户界面上显示的内容包括第一用户界面上显示的内容。也就是说，可折叠显示屏的折叠状态可以由展开状态变换而来。可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时所显示的内容包括第一用户界面上显示的内容，可以是指该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面，是放大后的可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面，或者，也可以是指该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面，不仅包括可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面中的内容，还可包括其他的内容，例如更多的文字、控件等。
在一些实施例中，检测到可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，电子设备在在可折叠显示屏上全屏显示该第三用户界面。
结合第一方面、第三方面至第六方面，第一方面、第三方面至第六方面的任意一种实施例中的任意一种实施例，在一些实施例中，电子设备在第一屏上显示第一用户界面时，停止第二屏的电源供应，或者，持续在第二屏上显示原有的用户界面。
结合第一方面、第三方面至第六方面，第一方面、第三方面至第六方面的任意一种实施例中的任意一种实施例，在一些实施例中，电子设备在第二屏上显示第二用户界面时，停止第一屏的电源供应，或者，持续在第一屏上显示第一用户界面。
结合第一方面、第三方面至第六方面，第一方面、第三方面至第六方面的任意一种实施例中的任意一种实施例，在一些实施例中，该方法还可包括：电子设备确定第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域；检测到电子设备被前后翻转，在第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示第二用户界面。
结合第一方面至第六方面、第一方面至第六方面的任意一种实施例中的任意一种实施例，在一些实施例中，电子设备被前后翻转之前，第一屏面向用户，第二屏背向用户；电子设备被前后翻转之后，第二屏面向用户，第一屏背向用户。
结合第一方面至第六方面、第一方面至第六方面的任意一种实施例中的任意一种实施例，在一些实施例中，可折叠显示屏的弯折角度小于预设值时，可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态；可折叠显示屏的弯折角度大于预设值时，可折叠显示屏处于展开状态。在一些实施例中，可折叠显示屏的弯折位置处可以设置有角度传感器，电子设备可以通过该角度传感器检测该弯折角度。
结合第一方面至第六方面、第一方面至第六方面的任意一种实施例中的任意一种实施例，在一些实施例中，在检测到电子设备沿第一屏的底部垂直指向第一屏的顶部的方向的旋转角度大于第一值，并且，电子设备沿垂直于第一屏所在平面的方向的加速度小于第二值时，电子设备被前后翻转。
第七方面，本申请提供了一种电子设备，包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、可折叠显示屏，可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏；
存储器、可折叠显示屏与一个或多个处理器耦合，存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，计 算机程序代码包括计算机指令，一个或多个处理器调用计算机指令以使得电子设备执行：
检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态；在第一屏上显示第一应用的第一用户界面，其中第一应用属于阅读类应用；
检测电子设备是否被前后翻转；
在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面；
其中，第二用户界面和第一用户界面包括相同的界面元素，并且，第二用户界面和第一用户界面有以下至少一项不同：背景颜色、显示界面元素的颜色或界面元素的排布方式。
第八方面，本申请提供了一种电子设备，包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、可折叠显示屏和摄像头，可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏，第二屏上方设置该摄像头；
存储器、可折叠显示屏与一个或多个处理器耦合，存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，一个或多个处理器调用计算机指令以使得电子设备执行：
检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态；在第一屏上显示相机应用的第一预览画面；第一预览画面包括摄像头采集到的第二屏所在方向的画面；
检测电子设备是否被前后翻转；
在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏上显示相机应用的第二预览画面，其中第二预览画面包括摄像头采集到的人脸画面。
结合第八方面，在一些实施例中，第二预览画面中显示的人脸画面具有以下效果中的至少一个：景深效果、背景虚化效果或者人物美化效果。
结合第八方面，在一些实施例中，处理器还用于调用计算机指令以使得电子设备执行：在检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，检测到可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，显示相机应用的第三预览画面，第三预览画面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示；其中第三预览画面包括摄像头采集到的第二屏所在方向的画面。在一些实施例中，处理器用于调用计算机指令以使得电子设备在可折叠显示屏上全屏显示相机应用的第三预览画面。
结合第八方面，在一些实施例中，处理器用于调用计算机指令以使得电子设备在第一屏上显示相机应用的第一预览画面时，停止第二屏的电源供应，或者，持续在第二屏上显示原有的用户界面。
结合第八方面，在一些实施例中，处理器用于调用计算机指令以使得电子设备在第二屏上显示相机应用的第二预览画面时，停止第一屏的电源供应，或者，持续在第一屏上显示第一预览画面。
结合第八方面，在一些实施例中，处理器还用于调用计算机指令以使得电子设备确定第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域；检测到电子设备被前后翻转，在第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示第二预览画面。
第九方面，本申请提供了一种电子设备，包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、可折叠显示屏、第一摄像头和第二摄像头；可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏，第二屏的宽高比小于第一屏的宽高比，第一屏上方设置第一摄像头，第二屏上方设置第二摄像头；
存储器、可折叠显示屏与一个或多个处理器耦合，存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，一个或多个处理器调用计算机指令以使得电子设备执行：
检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态；在第一屏上显示第一应用的第一用户界面，其中，第一应用属于视频通话应用，第一用户界面包括第一摄像头采集的画面和视频通话的对方画面，第一摄像头采集的画面和视频通话的对方画面之间有部分遮挡；
检测电子设备是否被前后翻转；
在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面；第二用户界面包括第二摄像头采集的画面和视频通话的对方画面，并且第二摄像头采集的画面和视频通话的对方画面之间互不遮挡。
结合第九方面，在一些实施例中，处理器还用于调用计算机指令以使得电子设备执行：在检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，检测到可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，显示第一应用的第三用户界面，第三用户界面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示；其中第三用户界面是放大后的第一用户界面。在一些实施例中，处理器用于调用计算机指令以使得电子设备在可折叠显示屏上全屏显示第一应用的第三用户界面。
第十方面，本申请提供了一种电子设备，包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、可折叠显示屏，可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏；
存储器、可折叠显示屏与一个或多个处理器耦合，存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，一个或多个处理器调用计算机指令以使得电子设备执行：
检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态；在第一屏上显示第一用户界面；
检测电子设备是否被前后翻转；
在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面；
其中，第一应用属于打车类应用，第二用户界面包括打车类应用提供的打车订单的信息；或者，第一应用属于导航类应用，第二用户界面为导航类应用提供的导航界面。
第十一方面，本申请提供了一种电子设备，包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、可折叠显示屏，可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏；
存储器、可折叠显示屏与一个或多个处理器耦合，存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，一个或多个处理器调用计算机指令以使得电子设备执行：
检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态；在第一屏上显示第一用户界面；
检测电子设备是否被前后翻转；
在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面；
其中，第一用户界面包括第一应用接收到的新消息的通知信息，第二用户界面包括新消息的具体内容；新消息的具体内容包含的信息量大于新消息的通知信息包含的信息量。
第十二方面，本申请提供了一种电子设备，包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、可折叠显示屏，可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏；
存储器、可折叠显示屏与一个或多个处理器耦合，存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，一个或多个处理器调用计算机指令以使得电子设备执行：
检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态；在第一屏上显示第一用户界面；
获取电子设备当前所在的位置；
检测电子设备是否被前后翻转；
在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏上显示第二用户界面，第二用户界面和电子设备当前所在的位置相关联。
结合第十二方面，在一些实施例中，当电子设备处于地铁站时，第二用户界面包括地铁乘车码，或者，第二用户界面为NFC公交卡刷卡界面。
结合第十二方面，在一些实施例中，当电子设备处于商场时，第二用户界面包括付款码，或者，第二用户界面为NFC银行卡付款界面。
结合第十二方面，在一些实施例中，当电子设备所处的位置和快递柜之间的距离小于预设值时，第二用户界面包括快递取件码。
结合第十二方面，在一些实施例中，处理器还用于调用计算机指令以使得电子设备执行：接收用户输入的验证信息；在接收到的用户输入的验证信息和电子设备预先存储的验证信息一致的情况下，在第二屏上显示第二用户界面。
结合第七方面、第七方面的任意一种实施例、第十方面、第十方面的任意一种实施例、第十一方面、第十一方面的任意一种实施例、第十二方面或第十二方面的任意一种实施例，在一些实施例中，处理器还用于调用计算机指令以使得电子设备执行：在检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，检测到可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，显示第三用户界面，第三用户界面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示；其中第三用户界面上显示的内容包括第一用户界面上显示的内容。在一些实施例中，处理器用于调用计算机指令以使得电子设备在可折叠显示屏上全屏显示第三用户界面。
结合第七方面、第九方面至第十二方面，第七方面、第九方面至第十二方面的任意一种实施例中的任意一种实施例，在一些实施例中，处理器还用于调用计算机指令以使得电子设备在第一屏上显示第一用户界面时，停止第二屏的电源供应，或者，持续在第二屏上显示原有的用户界面。
结合第七方面、第九方面至第十二方面，第七方面、第九方面至第十二方面的任意一种实施例中的任意一种实施例，在一些实施例中，处理器还用于调用计算机指令以使得电子设备在第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面时，停止第一屏的电源供应，或者，持续在第一屏上显示第一用户界面。
结合第七方面、第九方面至第十二方面，第七方面、第九方面至第十二方面的任意一种实施例中的任意一种实施例，在一些实施例中，处理器还用于调用计算机指令以使得电子设备确定第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域；在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示第二用户界面。
结合第七方面至第十二方面、第七方面至第十二方面的任意一种实施例中的任意一种实施例，在一些实施例中，电子设备被前后翻转之前，第一屏面向用户，第二屏背向用户；电子设备被前后翻转之后，第二屏面向用户，第一屏背向用户。
第十三方面，本申请提供了一种计算机存储介质，包括计算机指令，当所述计算机指令在电子设备上运行时，使得所述电子设备执行如第一方面提供的显示方法。
第十四方面，本申请提供了一种计算机存储介质，包括计算机指令，当所述计算机指令在电子设备上运行时，使得所述电子设备执行如第二方面提供的显示方法。
第十五方面，本申请提供了一种计算机存储介质，包括计算机指令，当所述计算机指令在电子设备上运行时，使得所述电子设备执行如第三方面提供的显示方法。
第十六方面，本申请提供了一种计算机存储介质，包括计算机指令，当所述计算机指令在电子设备上运行时，使得所述电子设备执行如第四方面提供的显示方法。
第十七方面，本申请提供了一种计算机存储介质，包括计算机指令，当所述计算机指令在电子设备上运行时，使得所述电子设备执行如第五方面提供的显示方法。
第十八方面，本申请提供了一种计算机存储介质，包括计算机指令，当所述计算机指令在电子设备上运行时，使得所述电子设备执行如第六方面提供的显示方法。
第十九方面，本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品，当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运 行时，使得所述计算机执行如第一方面的显示方法。
第二十方面，本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品，当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如第二方面的显示方法。
第二十一方面，本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品，当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如第三方面的显示方法。
第二十二方面，本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品，当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如第四方面的显示方法。
第二十三方面，本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品，当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如第五方面的显示方法。
第二十四方面，本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品，当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如第六方面的显示方法。
第二十五方面，本申请提供了一种电子设备，包括用于执行上述第一方面的显示方法的功能单元。
第二十六方面，本申请提供了一种电子设备，包括用于执行上述第二方面的显示方法的功能单元。
第二十七方面，本申请提供了一种电子设备，包括用于执行上述第三方面的显示方法的功能单元。
第二十八方面，本申请提供了一种电子设备，包括用于执行上述第四方面的显示方法的功能单元。
第二十九方面，本申请提供了一种电子设备，包括用于执行上述第五方面的显示方法的功能单元。
第三十方面，本申请提供了一种电子设备，包括用于执行上述第六方面的显示方法的功能单元。
实施本申请，用户可以利用前后翻转电子设备的交互方式触发电子设备结合当前运行的应用或者当前所处的位置，在第二屏显示用户希望看到的内容，充分利用了多屏幕的优势为用户提供便利的交互方式，操作简便，可提升用户体验。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例或背景技术中的技术方案，下面将对本申请实施例或背景技术中所需要使用的附图进行说明。
图1是本申请提供的电子设备的结构示意图；
图2为本申请提供的电子设备配置的显示屏的示意图；
图3为本申请提供的电子设备的软件结构框图；
图4-图15为本申请提供的人机交互示意图；
图16-图21为本申请提供的显示方法的流程示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。
其中，在本申请实施例的描述中，除非另有说明，“/”表示或的意思，例如，A/B可以表示A或B；本文中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关 系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，在本申请实施例的描述中，“多个”是指两个或多于两个。
以下，术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的，而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此，限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本申请实施例的描述中，除非另有说明，“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。
本申请实施例的显示方法可以应用于电子设备。本申请对提及的电子设备的类型不做具体限定，电子设备可以为手机、平板电脑、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、可穿戴设备、膝上型计算机(laptop)等便携式电子设备。便携式电子设备的示例性实施例包括但不限于搭载iOS、android、microsoft或者其他操作系统的便携式电子设备。上述便携式电子设备也可以是其他便携式电子设备，诸如具有触敏表面(例如触控面板)的膝上型计算机(laptop)等。还应当理解的是，在本申请其他一些实施例中，电子设备也可以不是便携式电子设备，而是具有触敏表面(例如触控面板)的台式计算机。
参见图1，图1示出了本申请实施例提供的电子设备100的结构示意图。
电子设备100可以包括处理器110，外部存储器接口120，内部存储器121，通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口130，充电管理模块140，电源管理模块141，电池142，天线1，天线2，移动通信模块150，无线通信模块160，音频模块170，扬声器170A，受话器170B，麦克风170C，耳机接口170D，传感器模块180，按键190，马达191，指示器192，摄像头193，显示屏194，以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module，SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A，陀螺仪传感器180B，气压传感器180C，磁传感器180D，加速度传感器180E，距离传感器180F，接近光传感器180G，指纹传感器180H，温度传感器180J，触摸传感器180K，环境光传感器180L，骨传导传感器180M等。
可以理解的是，本申请实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中，电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者拆分某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件，软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元，例如：处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor，AP)，调制解调处理器，图形处理器(graphics processing unit，GPU)，图像信号处理器(image signal processor，ISP)，控制器，视频编解码器，数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)，基带处理器，和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit，NPU)等。其中，不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件，也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。
控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号，产生操作控制信号，完成取指令和执行指令的控制。
处理器110中还可以设置存储器，用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中，处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据，可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取，减少了处理器110的等待时间，因而提高了系统的效率。
在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit，I2C)接口，集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound，I2S)接口，脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation，PCM)接口，通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous  receiver/transmitter，UART)接口，移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface，MIPI)，通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output，GPIO)接口，用户标识模块(subscriber identity module，SIM)接口，和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口等。
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线，包括一根串行数据线(serial data line，SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line，SCL)。在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K，充电器，闪光灯，摄像头193等。例如：处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K，使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信，实现电子设备100的触摸功能。
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合，实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中，音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号，实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信，将模拟信号抽样，量化和编码。在一些实施例中，音频模块170与无线通信模块160可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中，音频模块170也可以通过PCM接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号，实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线，用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中，UART接口通常被用于连接处理器110与无线通信模块160。例如：处理器110通过UART接口与无线通信模块160中的蓝牙模块通信，实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中，音频模块170可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号，实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194，摄像头193等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface，CSI)，显示屏串行接口(display serial interface，DSI)等。在一些实施例中，处理器110和摄像头193通过CSI接口通信，实现电子设备100的拍摄功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信，实现电子设备100的显示功能。
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号，也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中，GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与摄像头193，显示屏194，无线通信模块160，音频模块170，传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口，I2S接口，UART接口，MIPI接口等。
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口，具体可以是Mini USB接口，Micro USB接口，USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为电子设备100充电，也可以用于电子设备100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机，通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备，例如AR设备等。
可以理解的是，本申请实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系，只是示意性说明，并不构成对电子设备100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中，电子设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式，或多种接口连接方式的组合。
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中，充电器可以是无线充电器，也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中，充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中，充电管理模块140可以通过电子设备100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时，还可 以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备供电。
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142，充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入，为处理器110，内部存储器121，显示屏194，摄像头193，和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量，电池循环次数，电池健康状态(漏电，阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中，电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中，电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1，天线2，移动通信模块150，无线通信模块160，调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用，以提高天线的利用率。例如：可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中，天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器，开关，功率放大器，低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier，LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波，并对接收的电磁波进行滤波，放大等处理，传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大，经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中，移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中，移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中，调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后，被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A，受话器170B等)输出声音信号，或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中，调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中，调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110，与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)网络)，蓝牙(bluetooth，BT)，全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system，GNSS)，调频(frequency modulation，FM)，近距离无线通信技术(near field communication，NFC)，红外技术(infrared，IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波，将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理，将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号，对其进行调频，放大，经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。在本申请的一些实施例中，电子设备可以通过无线通信模块160获取当前位置信息。在本申请的另一些实施例中，电子设备可以通过无线通信模块160提供支付功能，例如NFC银行卡付款、NFC公交卡乘车等。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合，天线2和无线通信模块160耦合，使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications，GSM)，通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service，GPRS)，码分多址接入(code division multiple  access，CDMA)，宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)，时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access，TD-SCDMA)，长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)，BT，GNSS，WLAN，NFC，FM，和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system，GPS)，全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system，GLONASS)，北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system，BDS)，准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system，QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems，SBAS)。在本申请的一些实施例中，电子设备可以通过移动通信模块150获取当前位置信息。
电子设备100通过GPU，显示屏194，以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器，连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算，用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU，其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。
显示屏194用于显示图像，视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display，LCD)，有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode，OLED)，有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的，AMOLED)，柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode，FLED)，Miniled，MicroLed，Micro-oLed，量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes，QLED)等。在一些实施例中，电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194，N为大于1的正整数。
在本申请的一些实施例中，当显示面板采用OLED、AMOLED、FLED等材料时，显示屏194可以被弯折，即电子设备100可以配置有可折叠显示屏。这里，显示屏194可以被弯折是指显示屏可以在固定部位或者任意部位被弯折到任意角度，并可以在该角度保持。可折叠显示屏具有两种模式：展开状态和折叠状态。其中，可折叠显示屏弯折时形成的弯折角度大于预设值时可看作处于展开状态，可折叠显示屏弯折时形成的弯折角度小于预设值时可看作处于折叠状态。弯折角度可以是指可折叠屏不用于显示内容的一面在弯折部位形成的角度，如图2的2a所示，可折叠屏面向用户的一面用于显示内容，弯折角度如图所示。预设值可以预先定义，例如可以为90度、80度等。在一些实施例中，可折叠显示屏的弯折位置处可以设置有角度传感器，电子设备可以通过该角度传感器检测该弯折角度，并根据该弯折角度判断可折叠显示屏是处于展开状态或者折叠状态。示例性地，参见图2的2a，显示屏194可以从中部折叠，折叠后的显示屏可分为A屏和B屏。当电子设备100配置有可折叠显示屏，且该可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时，可看作该电子设备100提供了两个显示屏。
可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，可以全屏显示电子设备的操作系统所提供的用户界面。全屏显示用户界面可以是指该用户界面占用可折叠显示屏的全部显示区域，也可以是指用户界面占用显示屏的大部分显示区域，例如当可折叠显示屏为异形切割屏(Notch屏)时，异形切割屏的中间部分显示该用户界面，一侧或两侧边缘部分黑屏时，也可看作该可折叠显示屏全屏显示该用户界面。
可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时，电子设备可以仅在该可折叠显示屏的其中一个显示屏上显示操作系统所提供的用户界面，也可以在该可折叠显示屏的两个显示屏上都显示电子设备的操作系统提供的用户界面，本申请实施例不做限制。
在一些实施例中，当可折叠显示屏由展开状态变换为折叠状态时，电子设备可以从在可折叠显示屏上全屏显示用户界面变换为在该可折叠显示屏上的其中一个显示屏上显示该用户界面。
在本申请的另一些实施例中，电子设备100可以配置有两个独立的显示屏，两个显示屏 分别位于电子设备100的两面。示例性地，参见图2的2b，其示出了一种配置有两个显示屏(即图中的C屏和D屏)的电子设备。当电子设备100配置有两个显示屏时，该两个显示屏可以具有相同的配置，也可以具有不同的配置。例如，该两个显示屏可以采用相同或不同的材料，可以具有相同或不同的屏幕尺寸，比如，一个显示屏是6英寸的OLED屏幕，一个显示屏是5英寸的LCD屏幕，本申请实施例不做限制。
在本申请实施例中，当电子设备提供了两个显示屏时，可以将其中的一个显示屏称为第一屏，将另一个显示屏称作第二屏。示例性地，参见图2的2a，可以将B屏看作第一屏，将A屏看作第二屏。示例性地，参见图2的2b，可以将D屏看作第一屏，将C屏看作第二屏。
电子设备100可以通过ISP，摄像头193，视频编解码器，GPU，显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如，拍照时，打开快门，光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上，光信号转换为电信号，摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理，转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点，亮度，肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光，色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中，ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device，CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor，CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号，之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB，YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中，电子设备100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193，N为大于1的正整数。
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号，除了可以处理数字图像信号，还可以处理其他数字信号。例如，当电子设备100在频点选择时，数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样，电子设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频，例如：动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group，MPEG)1，MPEG2，MPEG3，MPEG4等。
NPU为神经网络(neural-network，NN)计算处理器，通过借鉴生物神经网络结构，例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式，对输入信息快速处理，还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现电子设备100的智能认知等应用，例如：图像识别，人脸识别，语音识别，文本理解等。
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡，例如Micro SD卡，实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信，实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐，视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码，所述可执行程序代码包括指令。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中，存储程序区可存储操作系统，至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能，图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据，电话本等)等。此外，内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失性存储器，例如至少一个磁盘存储器件，闪存器件，通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage，UFS)等。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令，和/或存储在设置于处理器中的存储器的指令，执行电子设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170，扬声器170A，受话器170B，麦克风170C，耳机接口170D，以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放，录音等。
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出，也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中，音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中，或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。
扬声器170A，也称“喇叭”，用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。电子设备100可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐，或收听免提通话。
受话器170B，也称“听筒”，用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当电子设备100接听电话或语音信息时，可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。
麦克风170C，也称“话筒”，“传声器”，用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时，用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声，将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。电子设备100可以设置至少一个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中，电子设备100可以设置两个麦克风170C，除了采集声音信号，还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中，电子设备100还可以设置三个，四个或更多麦克风170C，实现采集声音信号，降噪，还可以识别声音来源，实现定向录音功能等。
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130，也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform，OMTP)标准接口，美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA，CTIA)标准接口。
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号，可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中，压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多，如电阻式压力传感器，电感式压力传感器，电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A，电极之间的电容改变。电子设备100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194，电子设备100根据压力传感器180A检测所述触摸操作强度。电子设备100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中，作用于相同触摸位置，但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作，可以对应不同的操作指令。例如：当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时，执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时，执行新建短消息的指令。在本申请的另一些实施例中，压力传感器180A还可以设置于电子设备100的边框。电子设备100可以通过压力传感器180A检测到的压力计算用户和电子设备100接触的触摸点。
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定电子设备100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中，可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定电子设备100围绕三个轴(即，x，y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的，当按下快门，陀螺仪传感器180B检测电子设备100抖动的角度，根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离，让镜头通过反向运动抵消电子设备100的抖动，实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器180B还可以用于导航，体感游戏场景。在本申请的一些实施例中，电子设备100可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定电子设备是否被用户前后翻转、是否处于竖直姿态等。
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中，电子设备100通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度，辅助定位和导航。
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。电子设备100可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中，当电子设备100是翻盖机时，电子设备100可以根据磁传感器180D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态，设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。
加速度传感器180E可检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当电子设备100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态，应用于横竖屏切换，计步器等应用。在本申请的一些实施例中，电子设备100可以通过加速度传感器180E确定电子设备是否被用户前后翻转、是否处于竖直姿态等。
距离传感器180F，用于测量距离。电子设备100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中，拍摄场景，电子设备100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器，例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。电子设备100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。电子设备100使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时，可以确定电子设备100附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时，电子设备100可以确定电子设备100附近没有物体。电子设备100可以利用接近光传感器180G检测用户手持电子设备100贴近耳朵通话，以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器180G也可用于皮套模式，口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。
环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。电子设备100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器180L还可以与接近光传感器180G配合，检测电子设备100是否在口袋里，以防误触。
指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。电子设备100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁，访问应用锁，指纹拍照，指纹接听来电等。
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中，电子设备100利用温度传感器180J检测的温度，执行温度处理策略。例如，当温度传感器180J上报的温度超过阈值，电子设备100执行降低位于温度传感器180J附近的处理器的性能，以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中，当温度低于另一阈值时，电子设备100对电池142加热，以避免低温导致电子设备100异常关机。在其他一些实施例中，当温度低于又一阈值时，电子设备100对电池142的输出电压执行升压，以避免低温导致的异常关机。
触摸传感器180K，也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194，由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏，也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器，以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中，触摸传感器180K也可以设置于电子设备100的表面，与显示屏194所处的位置不同。
骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中，骨传导传感器180M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器180M也可以接触人体脉搏，接收血压跳动信号。在一些实施例中，骨传导传感器180M也可以设置于耳机中，结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块170可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号，解析出语音信号，实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息，实现心率检测功能。
按键190包括开机键，音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。电 子设备100可以接收按键输入，产生与电子设备100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。
马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示，也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如，作用于不同应用(例如拍照，音频播放等)的触摸操作，可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏194不同区域的触摸操作，马达191也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如：时间提醒，接收信息，闹钟，游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。
指示器192可以是指示灯，可以用于指示充电状态，电量变化，也可以用于指示消息，未接来电，通知等。
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195，或从SIM卡接口195拔出，实现和电子设备100的接触和分离。电子设备100可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口，N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡，Micro SIM卡，SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同，也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。电子设备100通过SIM卡和网络交互，实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中，电子设备100采用eSIM，即：嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在电子设备100中，不能和电子设备100分离。
电子设备100的软件系统可以采用分层架构，事件驱动架构，微核架构，微服务架构，或云架构。本申请实施例以分层架构的Android系统为例，示例性说明电子设备100的软件结构。
图3是本申请实施例的电子设备100的软件结构框图。
分层架构将软件分成若干个层，每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中，将Android系统分为四层，从上至下分别为应用程序层，应用程序框架层，安卓运行时(Android runtime)和系统库，以及内核层。
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。
如图3所示，应用程序包可以包括相机，图库，日历，通话，地图，导航，WLAN，蓝牙，音乐，视频，短信息等应用程序。
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface，API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。
如图3所示，应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器，内容提供器，视图系统，电话管理器，资源管理器，通知管理器等。
窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小，判断是否有状态栏，锁定屏幕，截取屏幕等。在本申请实施例中，窗口管理器可以获取电子设备100提供的两个显示屏的大小，并统一管理两个显示屏显示的内容。
内容提供器用来存放和获取数据，并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频，图像，音频，拨打和接听的电话，浏览历史和书签，电话簿等。
视图系统包括可视控件，例如显示文字的控件，显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如，包括短信通知图标的显示界面，可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。
电话管理器用于提供电子设备100的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通，挂断等)。
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源，比如本地化字符串，图标，图片，布局文件，视频文件等等。
通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息，可以用于传达告知类型的消息，可以短暂停留后自动消失，无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成，消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知，例如后台运行的应用程序的通知，还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息，发出提示音，电子设备振动，指示灯闪烁等。
Android Runtime包括核心库和虚拟机。Android runtime负责安卓系统的调度和管理。
核心库包含两部分：一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数，另一部分是安卓的核心库。
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理，堆栈管理，线程管理，安全和异常的管理，以及垃圾回收等功能。
系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如：表面管理器(surface manager)，媒体库(Media Libraries)，三维图形处理库(例如：OpenGL ES)，2D图形引擎(例如：SGL)等。
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理，并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。
媒体库支持多种常用的音频，视频格式回放和录制，以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式，例如:MPEG4，H.264，MP3，AAC，AMR，JPG，PNG等。
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图，图像渲染，合成，和图层处理等。
2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动，摄像头驱动，音频驱动，传感器驱动。
下面结合捕获拍照场景，示例性说明电子设备100软件以及硬件的工作流程。
当触摸传感器180K接收到触摸操作，相应的硬件中断被发给内核层。内核层将触摸操作加工成原始输入事件(包括触摸坐标，触摸操作的时间戳等信息)。原始输入事件被存储在内核层。应用程序框架层从内核层获取原始输入事件，识别该输入事件所对应的控件。以该触摸操作是触摸单击操作，该单击操作所对应的控件为相机应用图标的控件为例，相机应用调用应用框架层的接口，启动相机应用，进而通过调用内核层启动摄像头驱动，通过摄像头193捕获静态图像或视频。
基于图1所示的电子设备100，本申请实施例提供了显示方法。本申请实施例中的电子设备100包括两个显示屏：第一屏和第二屏。例如，参见图2的2a，第一屏可以是B屏，第二屏可以是A屏。又例如，参见图2的2b，第一屏可以是D屏，第二屏可以是C屏。
实施本申请实施例的显示方法，用户可以利用前后翻转电子设备的交互方式触发第二屏显示用户希望看到的内容，操作简便，可提升用户体验。前后翻转电子设备是指将第一屏和第二屏与用户之间的相对位置互换。例如，参见图2的2a，可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时，第一屏(即B屏)面向用户，第二屏(即A屏)背向用户，用户前后翻转电子设备之后，则第一屏背向用户，第二屏面向用户。又例如，参见图2的2b，第一屏(即D屏)面向用户，第二屏(即C屏)背向用户，用户前后翻转电子设备之后，则第一屏背向用户，第二屏面向用户。这里，用户握持电子设备时，若用户可以看见屏幕显示的内容，则可以看作该屏幕面 向用户；若用户不能看见屏幕显示的内容，则可以看作该屏幕背向用户。
具体的，当电子设备配置有可折叠显示屏且该可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时，或者，当电子设备配置有两个独立的显示屏时，用户可通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备结合当前所处的位置、当前启动的应用等在第二屏中显示对应的内容，下面分情况描述本申请实施例提供的显示方法。
(一)用户通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备结合当前启动的应用在第二屏中显示对应的内容。
在第(一)种情况下，电子设备当前启动的应用可以是阅读类应用、相机(camera)应用等，下面结合具体的应用场景描述本申请实施例提供的显示方法。
应用场景1：电子设备100启动阅读类应用，在第一屏显示阅读类应用提供的用户界面。用户可通过前后翻转电子设备100的操作，触发电子设备100在第二屏中显示该阅读类应用提供的用户界面。在本申请实施例中，可以将阅读类应用称为第一应用。
阅读类应用是指提供文字、图片等可供用户阅读的资讯的应用，图片可包括静态图片和动态图片。例如，阅读类应用可包括：Kindle、微信读书、豆瓣阅读、微博、知乎、简书或今日头条等。
示例性地，参见图4的4a，其示出了电子设备100启动阅读类应用(例如Kindle)时，第一屏显示的该阅读类应用提供的用户界面10。在4a所示的示例中，第一屏面向用户，第二屏背向用户。该用户界面10可包括：阅读类应用提供的文字101、返回上一级控件102、评论输入框103、收藏控件104、分享控件105等。在一些实施例中，该用户界面10还可以包括状态栏106。状态栏106可包括以下一项或多项：运营商的名称(例如中国移动)、Wi-Fi图标、信号强度、时间、电池图标、剩余电量、闹钟图标(图中未示出)或蓝牙图标(图中未示出)等。在本申请实施例中，可以将电子设备在第一屏显示的用户界面10称为第一用户界面。
在一些实施例中，当电子设备100配置的是可折叠显示屏时，图4的4a所示的示例中该可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态。该折叠状态可以由展开状态变换而来。当该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，该可折叠显示屏可以显示该阅读类应用提供的用户界面，该用户界面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示，并且，该用户界面上显示的内容包括可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面的内容(例如用户界面10包括的内容)。在一些实施例中，该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，可以全屏显示用户界面。在一些实施例中，该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面，是放大后的可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面。在另一些实施例中，该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面，不仅包括可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面中的内容，还可包括其他的内容，例如更多的文字、控件等。在本申请实施例中，可以将可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面称为第三用户界面。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100在第一屏显示阅读类应用提供的用户界面时，第二屏可以为黑屏状态，也可以显示有内容。第二屏为黑屏状态可以是指电子设备100关闭第二屏的电源供应，也可以是指第二屏显示黑色的画面，这里不做限制。
在本申请实施例中，用户可以前后翻转电子设备100，将电子设备100的第二屏和第一屏与用户之间的相对位置互换。例如，用户可以按照图4中所示的箭头方向翻转电子设备100。也就是说，用户前后翻转电子设备100之后，第二屏面向用户，第一屏背向用户。响应于用 户前后翻转电子设备的操作，电子设备100可以在第二屏中显示该阅读类应用提供的用户界面。
具体实现中，电子设备100处于折叠状态时，电子设备100可以通过陀螺仪传感器、加速度传感器、重力感应器中的一个或多个来检测电子设备100是否被前后翻转。例如，陀螺仪传感器可以检测电子设备沿其所在平面的Y轴顺时针或逆时针旋转的角度，若该旋转角度大于第一值(例如150度或160度)，则判定电子设备100被前后翻转。这里，电子设备沿其所在平面的Y轴是指从第一屏的底部沿着屏幕的垂直方向指向第一屏顶端的方向，可参考图2中示出的Y轴。又例如，为了防止用户握持电子设备100时调整方向(例如用户握持电子设备100时从面向东方调整为面向西方)时，电子设备100误认为当前被翻转，还可以通过加速度感应器检测电子设备沿其Z轴的加速度，当上述旋转角度大于第一值且该加速度小于第二值时，判定电子设备100被前后翻转。这里，Z轴是指垂直于第一屏所在平面的方向，可参考图2中示出的Z轴。
在本申请实施例中，电子设备的陀螺仪传感器、加速度传感器、重力感应器中的一个或多个可以持续、实时地监测电子设备的姿态。
示例性地，参见图4的4b，其示出了电子设备100检测到用户前后翻转电子设备的操作后，在第二屏中显示的阅读类应用提供的用户界面20。如4b所示，用户界面20中的各个界面元素和4a中的用户界面10相同，可参照4a的相关描述。在本申请实施例中，可以将电子设备100被前后翻转后在第二屏上显示的用户界面20称为第二用户界面。
可理解的，在一些实施例中，第一屏和第二屏的配置可能不同，例如第一屏和第二屏的屏幕尺寸可能不同。屏幕尺寸可包括屏幕的面积、屏幕宽度(width)和高度(height)的比值等。在第一屏和第二屏的屏幕尺寸不同的情况下，和在第一屏中显示阅读类应用提供的用户界面10相比，电子设备在第二屏中显示阅读类应用提供的用户界面20时，用户界面20中的界面元素的排布方式可以适应性调整，可更加符合用户习惯且显示美观。例如，若第二屏的屏幕尺寸小于第一屏的屏幕尺寸，则第二屏显示的界面20中提供的文字的数量可以降低，或者，第二屏显示的用户界面20中的界面元素可以等比例缩小。实际应用中，该适应性的调整第二屏显示的界面元素还可以包括调整界面元素之间的间距、界面元素的显示位置等等，本申请实施例对此不做限制。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作在第二屏中显示用户界面20时，还可以将用户界面20以适合用户阅读的方式进行显示。具体的，电子设备100可以将用户界面20的背景颜色调节为深色(例如黑色)，并将界面20中的界面元素切换成合适的颜色(例如白色)，这样的显示方式可以节省电量，并且避免阅读时刺眼，方便用户阅读。示例性地，可参见图4的4b，其示出了一种可能的电子设备100将界面20以合适用户阅读的形式进行显示的方式。在接收到用户前后翻转电子设备的操作后，电子设备100在第二屏中以什么样的方式显示阅读应用提供的用户界面，可以由电子设备100默认设置，也可以由用户预先设置，这里不做限制。
在本申请实施例中，电子设备100响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作在第二屏中显示用户界面20时，第一屏可以不显示任何内容，比如变为黑屏状态，也可以持续显示用户界面10，这里不做限制。第一屏变为黑屏状态可以是指电子设备100停止第一屏的电源供应，也可以是指第一屏显示黑色的画面，这里不做限制。在一些实施例中，第一屏持续显示用户界面10时，电子设备100可以在该用户界面10上接收输入的用户操作并作出响应。在另一些 实施例中，第一屏持续显示用户界面10时，该用户界面10被锁定，即电子设备100不能在用户界面10上接收输入的用户操作并作出响应，这样可以防止用户在第一屏上误触发电子设备100部分功能。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作在第二屏中显示用户界面20之后，用户还可以再次前后翻转电子设备100，使得电子设备100在第一屏中显示用户界面10。例如，用户可以按照图4中所示的箭头方向再次翻转电子设备100。也就是说，用户再次前后翻转电子设备100之后，第一屏面向用户，第二屏背向用户。示例性地，参见图4的4a，在检测到用户再次前后翻转电子设备100的操作时，电子设备100可以在第一屏中显示用户界面10。电子设备100在第一屏中显示用户界面10时，第二屏可以不显示任何内容，比如变为黑屏状态，也可以持续显示用户界面20，这里不做限制。
通过图4示例可知，电子设备在第一屏中显示阅读类应用提供的用户界面时，用户可以通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏中显示该阅读类应用提供的用户界面，此外，第二屏可以以适合用户阅读的形式显示该用户界面，提升用户体验。
应用场景2：电子设备100当前启动相机应用，第一屏显示拍照界面。用户可通过前后翻转电子设备100的操作，触发电子设备100在第二屏中显示自拍界面。
相机应用可以是电子设备100预装的，也可以是电子设备100通过网络下载并安装的，这里不做限制。
在本申请实施例中，电子设备100可以在第一屏和第二屏上方分别设置一组摄像头，也可以仅在第一屏或第二屏上方设置一组摄像头。一组摄像头可包括一个或多个摄像头。
示例性地，参见图5的5a，其示出了电子设备100当前启动相机应用(例如电子设备100预装的相机应用)，第一屏显示的拍照界面30。在5a所示的示例中，第一屏面向用户，第二屏背向用户。示例性地，该拍照界面30可包括：已拍摄图像回显控件201、拍摄控件202、用于切换摄像头的控件203、拍摄模式菜单204、取景框205、以及其他的一些控件例如用于启动智能识物功能的控件206A、用于开启/关闭闪光灯的控件206B、用于开启/关闭动态图片拍摄功能的控件206C、用于调节色调的控件206D、设置控件206E。其中：
已拍摄图像回显控件201可用于显示电子设备100最近一次拍摄到的图像，还可监听用于打开相册的用户操作。电子设备100可以检测到作用于控件201的用户操作(例如点击操作)，响应于该操作，并响应于该用户操作打开相册应用，显示保存的图片。
拍摄控件202可监听用于拍摄图像的用户操作。电子设备可以检测到的作用于拍摄控件202的用户操作(例如点击操作)，并响应于该用于操作确定拍摄的图片，保存该图片并且在控件201中显示该图片。也即是说，用户可以点击拍摄控件202来拍摄图像。
用于切换摄像头的控件203可监听用于切换摄像头的用户操作。电子设备100可以检测到作用于控件203的用户操作(例如点击操作)，并响应于该用户操作切换当前启动的摄像头。例如关闭第二屏上方的摄像头，启动第一屏上方的摄像头。
拍摄模式菜单204可以显示有一个或多个拍摄模式选项。拍摄模式选项可以实现为图标、文字或其他形式。如5a所示，拍摄模式菜单204中的拍摄模式选项可包括：大光圈模式的选项、夜景模式的选项、人像模式的选项、拍照模式的选项、录像模式的选项、专业模式的选项等。
取景框205可用于显示摄像头获取的图像。电子设备100可以实时刷新其中的显示内容。 其中，取景框205中的图像是电子设备100设置在第二屏上方的摄像头采集到的第二屏所在方向的画面。
在一些实施例中，该拍照界面30还可包括可隐藏的导航栏。导航栏可包括返回键、主屏幕键以及多任务键。
在本申请实施例中，可以将电子设备在第一屏显示的拍照界面30称为第一预览画面。
在一些实施例中，当电子设备100配置的是可折叠显示屏时，图5的5a所示的示例中该可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态。该折叠状态可以由展开状态变换而来。当该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，该可折叠显示屏可以显示该相机应用提供的用户界面，该用户界面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示，并且，该用户界面包括第二屏上方的摄像头采集到该第二屏所在方向的画面。在一些实施例中，该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，可以全屏显示该相机应用提供的用户界面。在本申请实施例中，可以将可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面称为第三预览画面。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100在第一屏显示相机应用提供的拍照界面时，第二屏可以为黑屏状态，也可以显示有内容。第二屏为黑屏状态可以是指电子设备100关闭第二屏的电源供应，也可以是指第二屏显示黑色的画面，这里不做限制。
在本申请实施例中，用户可以前后翻转电子设备100，将电子设备100的第二屏和第一屏与用户之间的相对位置互换。例如，用户可以按照图5中所示的箭头方向翻转电子设备100。用户前后翻转电子设备100之后，第二屏面向用户，第一屏背向用户。这里，电子设备100如何检测用户前后翻转电子设备的操作，可参照应用场景1中的相关描述。
在应用场景2中，电子设备100设置在第二屏上方的一组摄像头可以持续工作以拍摄画面。用户前后翻转电子设备100后，由于第二屏面向用户，因此，设置在第二屏上方的一组摄像头此时拍摄到的是用户的画面。电子设备100可以将第二屏上方的一组摄像头拍摄到的用户画面显示在第二屏中，即在第二屏中显示自拍界面。也就是说，在用户前后翻转电子设备100之前，设置在第二屏上方的一组摄像头拍摄到的画面显示在第一屏中，在用户前后翻转电子设备100之后，该组摄像头拍摄到的画面显示在第二屏中。
在本申请实施例中，第一屏和第二屏的配置可能相同，也可能不同。例如，第一屏和第二屏的屏幕尺寸可能相同，也可能不同。在第一屏和第二屏的屏幕尺寸相同的情况下，电子设备100在第二屏中显示自拍界面时，该自拍界面中的界面元素的排布方式可以和第一屏中显示的拍照界面的界面元素相同。在第一屏和第二屏的屏幕尺寸不同的情况下，和在第一屏中显示拍照界面相比，电子设备100在第二屏中显示自拍界面时，自拍界面中的界面元素的排布方式可以适应性调整，可更加符合用户习惯且显示美观。
示例性地，参考图5的5b，其示出了当第二屏的宽高比小于第一屏的宽高比时，电子设备100检测到用户前后翻转电子设备的操作后，在第二屏中显示的自拍界面40。如图5的5b所示，该自拍界面40可包括：已拍摄图像回显控件201、拍摄控件202、用于切换摄像头的控件203、拍摄模式菜单204、取景框205、已拍摄图像回显区域207以及其他的一些控件例如用于启动智能识物功能的控件206A、用于开启/关闭闪光灯的控件206B、用于开启/关闭动态图片拍摄功能的控件206C、用于调节色调的控件206D、设置控件206E。其中，取景框205中显示的画面由设置在第二屏上方的一组摄像头拍摄得到，可包括用户的人脸画面。已拍摄图像回显区域207用于显示电子设备100之前拍摄到的图像。在一些实施例中，该自拍界面40还可包括可隐藏的导航栏。在本申请实施例中，可以将电子设备100被前后翻转后在第二 屏上显示的用户界面(例如自拍界面40)称为第二预览画面。
对比5a及5b可知，在第二屏的宽高比小于第一屏的宽高比时，用户前后翻转电子设备后，电子设备100在第二屏中显示自拍界面时，调整了自拍界面中各个元素的排布方式，该调整包括缩小各个界面元素的之间的间距、增加已拍摄图像回显区域207等。不限于5b所示的排布方式，实际应用中，电子设备100在第二屏显示自拍界面时，还可以调整自拍界面中各个元素的显示比例、界面元素之间的显示位置，增加或减少界面元素等，本申请实施例对此不做限制。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作后，在第二屏中显示自拍界面40的同时，还可以将相机应用的拍照模式切换为人像模式。在人像模式下，自拍界面40中的取景框205所显示的人脸画面经过电子设备100的处理，该人脸画面可携带景深效果、背景虚化效果以及人物美化效果中的一个或多个。其中，人脸画面携带景深效果是指将背景模糊化来突出拍摄对象(即人脸)，人脸画面携带背景虚化效果是指将景深变浅以使画面的焦点聚集在人脸上，人物美化效果可包括但不限于美白、瘦脸、磨皮、增大瞳孔等。
示例性地，可参见图5的5b，第二屏中显示自拍界面40时，电子设备100将相机应用的拍照模式切换为人像模式。
在本申请实施例中，电子设备100响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作在第二屏中显示自拍界面40时，第一屏可以不显示任何内容，比如变为黑屏状态，也可以持续显示拍照界面30，这里不做限制。第一屏变为黑屏状态可以是指电子设备100停止第一屏的电源供应，也可以是指第一屏显示黑色的画面，这里不做限制。在一些实施例中，第一屏持续显示拍照界面30时，电子设备100可以在该拍照界面30接收输入的用户操作并作出响应。在另一些实施例中，第一屏持续显示拍照界面30时，该拍照界面30被锁定，即电子设备100不能在拍照界面30上接收输入的用户操作并作出响应，这样可以防止用户在第一屏上误触发电子设备100的部分功能。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作在第二屏中显示自拍界面40之后，用户还可以再次前后翻转电子设备100，使得电子设备100在第一屏中显示拍照界面30。示例性地，参见图5的5a，在检测到用户再次前后翻转电子设备100的操作时，电子设备100可以在第一屏中显示拍照界面30。电子设备在第一屏中显示拍照界面30时，第二屏可以不显示任何内容，比如变为黑屏状态，也可以持续显示自拍界面40，这里不做限制。
通过图5示例可知，电子设备在第一屏中显示拍照界面时，用户可以通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏中显示自拍界面。此外，电子设备还可以将相机应用的拍照模式切换为人像模式，操作简便，且能够满足用户的自拍需求，提升用户体验。
应用场景3：电子设备100当前启动视频通话应用，第一屏显示视频通话界面。用户可通过前后翻转电子设备100的操作，触发电子设备100在第二屏中显示视频通话界面。
视频通话应用是指可供双方或者多方视频通话的应用。例如，视频通话应用可包括：微信(WeChat)、FaceTime或Skype等。在本申请实施例中，可以将视频通话应用称为第一应用。
在应用场景3中，电子设备100的第一屏上方和第二屏上方分别设置有一组摄像头。在本申请实施例中，可以将第一屏上方设置的摄像头称为第一摄像头，将第二屏上方设置的摄 像头称为第二摄像头。
示例性地，参考图6的6a，其示出了电子设备100当前启动视频通话应用，第一屏显示的视频通话界面50。在6a所示的示例中，第一屏面向用户，第二屏背向用户。示例性地，该视频通话界面50可包括：拍摄画面显示区域301、对方画面显示区域302、用于转换摄像头的控件303、挂断控件304以及静音控件305等。在一些实施例中，对方画面显示区域302悬浮显示于拍摄画面显示区域301之上，遮挡拍摄画面显示区域301的部分内容。在另一些实施例中，6a所示的区域302和区域301可以互换，即拍摄画面显示区域301可以悬浮显示于对方画面显示区域302之上，遮挡对方画面显示区域302的部分内容。其中，拍摄画面显示区域301中显示的用户画面可以是由设置在第一屏上方的一组摄像头拍摄到的。对方画面显示区域302用于显示视频通话的对方画面，该视频通话的对方画面为和用户建立视频通话连接的另一方的画面。在本申请实施例中，可以将电子设备在第一屏显示的视频通话界面50称为第一应用的第一用户界面。
在一些实施例中，当电子设备100配置的是可折叠显示屏时，图6的6a所示的示例中该可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态。该折叠状态可以由展开状态变换而来。当该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，该可折叠显示屏可以显示该视频通话应用提供的用户界面，该用户界面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示，并且，该用户界面上是放大后的可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面(例如视频通话界面50)。在一些实施例中，当该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，该可折叠显示屏可以全屏显示该视频通话应用提供的用户界面。在本申请实施例中，可以将可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面称为第一应用的第三用户界面。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100在第一屏显示视频通话界面时，第二屏可以为黑屏状态，也可以显示有内容。第二屏为黑屏状态可以是指电子设备100关闭第二屏的电源供应，也可以是指第二屏显示黑色的画面，这里不做限制。
在本申请实施例中，用户可以前后翻转电子设备100，将电子设备100的第二屏和第一屏与用户之间的相对位置互换。例如，用户可以按照图6中所示的箭头方向翻转电子设备100。用户前后翻转电子设备100之后，第二屏面向用户，第一屏背向用户。这里，电子设备100如何检测用户前后翻转电子设备的操作，可参照应用场景1中的相关描述。
在应用场景3中，电子设备100检测到用户前后翻转电子设备100的操作后，可以关闭设置在第一屏上方的一组摄像头，启动设置在第二屏上方的一组摄像头。用户前后翻转电子设备100后，由于第二屏面向用户，因此，设置在第二屏上方的一组摄像头启动后拍摄到的是用户的画面。电子设备100可以将第二屏上方的一组摄像头拍摄到的用户画面显示在第二屏中，在第二屏中显示视频通话界面。
在本申请实施例中，第一屏和第二屏的配置可能相同，也可能不同。例如，第一屏和第二屏的屏幕尺寸可能相同，也可能不同。在第一屏和第二屏的屏幕尺寸相同的情况下，电子设备100在第二屏中显示视频通话界面时，该视频通话界面中的界面元素的排布方式可以和第一屏中显示的视频通话界面的界面元素相同。在第一屏和第二屏的屏幕尺寸不同的情况下，和在第一屏中显示视频通话界面相比，电子设备100在第二屏中显示视频通话界面时，视频通话界面中的界面元素的排布方式可以适应性调整，可更加符合用户习惯且显示美观。
示例性地，参考图6的6b，其示出了当第二屏的宽高比小于第一屏的宽高比时，电子设备100检测到用户前后翻转电子设备的操作后，在第二屏中显示的视频通话界面60。如图6的6b所示，该视频通话界面60可包括：拍摄画面显示区域301、对方画面显示区域302、用 于转换摄像头的控件303、挂断控件304以及静音控件305等。对方画面显示区域302和拍摄画面显示区域301互不遮挡。其中，拍摄画面显示区域301中显示的用户画面由设置在第二屏上方的一组摄像头拍摄得到。在本申请实施例中，可以将电子设备100被前后翻转后在第二屏上显示的用户界面(例如视频通话界面60)称为第一应用的第二用户界面。
对比6a及6b可知，在第二屏的宽高比小于第一屏的宽高比时，用户前后翻转电子设备后，电子设备100在第二屏中显示视频通话界面时，调整了视频通话界面中各个元素的排布方式，该调整包括缩小拍摄画面显示区域301中的画面、缩小控件303、控件304以及控件305的显示比例、调整对方画面显示区域302和拍摄画面显示区域301之间的相对位置等。不限于6b所示的排布方式，实际应用中，电子设备100在第二屏显示视频通话界面时，还可以增加或减少界面元素等，本申请实施例对此不做限制。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作在第二屏中显示视频通话界面时，第一屏可以不显示任何内容，比如变成黑屏变为黑屏状态。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作在第二屏中显示视频通话界面60之后，用户还可以再次前后翻转电子设备100，使得电子设备100在第一屏中显示视频通话界面50。示例性地，参见图6的6a，在检测到用户再次前后翻转电子设备100的操作时，电子设备100可以在第一屏中显示视频通话界面50。
通过图6示例可知，电子设备在第一屏中显示视频通话界面时，用户可以通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏中显示视频通话界面。在第二屏中显示视频通话界面时，该视频通话界面会适应于第二屏的尺寸进行显示，操作简便，可提升用户体验。
应用场景4：电子设备当前运行打车类应用，用户通过该打车类应用下单。用户可通过前后翻转电子设备100的操作，触发电子设备100在第二屏中显示订单信息。
通过打车类应用，用户可以发布打车信息，即下单。和该打车信息相匹配的司机可以接单，并将用户送至目的地。打车类应用可包括但不限于：滴滴打车、优步(Uber)、Lyft等。在本申请实施例中，可以将打车类应用称为第一应用。
电子设备100运行打车类应用时，用户可以通过该打车类应用下单。示例性地，参见图7的7a，其示出了用户通过打车类应用下单时，第一屏显示的用户界面70。在7a所示的示例中，第一屏面向用户，第二屏背向用户。该用户界面70可包括：多个选择用车类型的控件401、上车点输入控件402、下车点输入控件403、呼叫快车控件404以及其他的一些界面元素。在一些实施例中，该用户界面70还可包括状态栏。在一些实施例中，该用户界面70还可包括导航栏。用户在7a所示的用户界面输入打车信息后，可以点击呼叫快车控件404下单。下单后，和用户输入的打车信息相匹配的司机可以接单。
在一些实施例中，当电子设备100配置的是可折叠显示屏时，图7的7a所示的示例中该可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态。该折叠状态可以由展开状态变换而来。当该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，该可折叠显示屏可以显示该打车类应用提供的用户界面，该用户界面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示，并且，该用户界面上显示的内容包括可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面的内容(例如用户界面70包括的内容)。在一些实施例中，该可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时可以全屏显示该打车类应用提供的用户界面。在一些实施例中，该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面，是放大后的可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面。在另一些实施例中，该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户 界面，不仅包括可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面中的内容，还可包括其他的内容，例如更多的文字、控件等。在本申请实施例中，可以将可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面称为第三用户界面。
示例性地，参考图7的7b，用户下单之后，电子设备100可以响应于用户操作而退出显示打车类应用提供的用户界面，并显示其他应用(例如阅读类应用)提供的用户界面80。这里，电子设备100退出显示打车类应用提供的用户界面后，该打车类应用在电子设备100的后台继续运行。在本申请实施例中，可以将电子设备在第一屏显示的用户界面80称为第一用户界面。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100在第一屏显示如7b所示的用户界面时，第二屏可以为黑屏状态，也可以显示有内容。第二屏为黑屏状态可以是指电子设备100关闭第二屏的电源供应，也可以是指第二屏显示黑色的画面，这里不做限制。
在电子设备100的第一屏显示如7b所示的用户界面80时，用户可以前后翻转电子设备100，将电子设备100的第二屏和第一屏与用户之间的相对位置互换。例如，用户可以按照图7中所示的箭头方向翻转电子设备100。也就是说，用户前后翻转电子设备100之后，第二屏面向用户，第一屏背向用户。响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作，电子设备100可以在第二屏中显示用户通过打车类应用所下订单的订单信息。该订单信息可包括以下至少一项：是否已被接单、接单人、接单人联系方式、接单车牌、接单车到达上车点的时间等。示例性地，参见图7的7c，其示出了电子设备100检测到用户前后翻转电子设备的操作后，在第二屏中显示的订单信息。在本申请实施例中，可以将电子设备100被前后翻转后在第二屏上显示的用户界面(例如7c所示的用户界面)称为第二用户界面。
在本申请实施例中，电子设备100响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作在第二屏中显示订单信息时，第一屏可以不显示任何内容，比如变为黑屏状态，也可以持续显示用户界面80，这里不做限制。第一屏变为黑屏状态可以是指电子设备100停止第一屏的电源供应，也可以是指第一屏显示黑色的画面，这里不做限制。在一些实施例中，第一屏持续显示用户界面80时，电子设备100可以在该用户界面80上接收输入的用户操作并作出响应。在另一些实施例中，第一屏持续显示用户界面80时，该用户界面80被锁定，即电子设备100不能在用户界面80上接收输入的用户操作并作出响应，这样可以防止用户在第一屏上误触发电子设备100部分功能。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作在第二屏中显示订单信息之后，用户还可以再次前后翻转电子设备100，使得电子设备100在第一屏中显示用户界面80。示例性地，参见图7的7b，在检测到用户再次前后翻转电子设备100的操作时，电子设备100可以在第一屏中显示用户界面80。电子设备100在第一屏中显示用户界面80时，第二屏可以不显示任何内容，比如变为黑屏状态，也可以持续显示订单信息，这里不做限制。
通过图7示例可知，用户在第一屏中通过打车类应用下单，且进入其他应用提供的用户界面后，可以通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏中显示订单信息，方便用户查看订单进度，提升用户体验。
应用场景5：电子设备100接收到新消息，在第一屏显示该新消息的通知信息。用户可通过前后翻转电子设备100的操作，触发电子设备100在第二屏显示该新消息的具体内容。
在应用场景5中，电子设备100可以在后台运行能够接收到新消息的应用，例如短信应用、即时聊天应用、订票应用(例如Booking、去哪儿、携程等)等。电子设备可以基于该应用接收到新消息，该新消息可以包括但不限于：短信、即时聊天消息(例如微信消息、Skype消息)或应用通知消息(例如应用的推送消息)等。
电子设备100接收到新消息时，会在屏幕上显示该新消息的通知信息，该通知信息通常为电子设备100中的通知管理器提供的提示窗。示例性地，参见图8的8a，其示出了电子设备100接收到新消息时，在第一屏显示的用户界面90，该用户界面90包括提示窗501。在8a所示的示例中，第一屏面向用户，第二屏背向用户。
如8a所示，该新消息为航班提示消息，可以是订票应用推送给电子设备100的。提示窗501悬浮显示于电子设备100显示的其他内容之上。提示窗501包括新消息的大概提要，用于提示用户接收到新消息。一般情况下，若用户想要查看该新消息的具体内容，可点击提示窗501，响应于用户点击提示窗501的操作，电子设备100可以在第一屏中显示该新消息的具体内容。也就是说，一般情况下用户需通过点击操作查看新消息的具体内容。在本申请实施例中，可以将用于接收该新消息的应用称为第一应用，将电子设备在第一屏显示的用户界面90称为第一用户界面。
在一些实施例中，当电子设备100配置的是可折叠显示屏时，图8的8a所示的示例中该可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态。该折叠状态可以由展开状态变换而来。当该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，该可折叠显示屏可以显示有用户界面，该用户界面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示，并且，该用户界面上显示的内容包括可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面的内容(例如用户界面90包括的内容)。在一些实施例中，该可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时可以全屏显示该用户界面。在一些实施例中，该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面，是放大后的可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面。在另一些实施例中，该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面，不仅包括可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面中的内容，还可包括其他的内容，例如更多的文字、控件等。在本申请实施例中，可以将可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面称为第三用户界面。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100在第一屏显示新消息的通知信息时，第二屏可以为黑屏状态，也可以显示有内容。第二屏为黑屏状态可以是指电子设备100关闭第二屏的电源供应，也可以是指第二屏显示黑色的画面，这里不做限制。
在本申请实施例中，用户可以前后翻转电子设备100，将电子设备100的第二屏和第一屏与用户之间的相对位置互换。例如，用户可以按照图8中所示的箭头方向翻转电子设备100。也就是说，用户前后翻转电子设备100之后，第二屏面向用户，第一屏背向用户。响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作，电子设备100可以在第二屏中显示新消息的具体内容。具体的，电子设备100在第一屏显示新消息的通知信息，且检测到用户前后翻转电子设备的操作时，电子设备100可以调用推送给新消息的应用，获取该新消息的具体内容，并将该新消息的具体内容显示在第二屏上。这里，电子设备100如何检测用户前后翻转电子设备的操作，可参照应用场景1中的相关描述。
示例性地，参见图8的8b，其示出了电子设备100检测到用户前后翻转电子设备的操作后，在第二屏中显示的新消息的具体内容。该新消息的具体内容可包括：航空公司、航班、起飞地、目的地、起飞时间、降落时间等。通过8a及8b可知，用户可以通过前后翻转电子 设备的操作，在第二屏中查看新消息的具体内容。在本申请实施例中，可以将电子设备100被前后翻转后在第二屏上显示的用户界面(例如8b所示的用户界面)称为第二用户界面。
在本申请实施例中，电子设备100响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作在第二屏中显示新消息的具体内容时，第一屏可以不显示任何内容，比如变为黑屏状态，也可以持续显示用户界面90，这里不做限制。在一些实施例中，第一屏持续显示用户界面90时，用户界面90中不再显示新消息的通知信息，即第一屏中的新消息的通知信息被清除。第一屏持续显示用户界面90时，电子设备100可以在该用户界面90接收输入的用户操作并作出响应，或者，该用户界面90被锁定，即电子设备100不能在用户界面90上接收输入的用户操作并作出响应，这样可以防止用户在第一屏上误触发电子设备100部分功能。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作在第二屏中显示新消息的具体内容之后，用户还可以再次前后翻转电子设备100，使得电子设备100在第一屏中显示用户界面90。示例性地，参见图8的8a，在检测到用户再次前后翻转电子设备100的操作时，电子设备100可以在第一屏中显示用户界面90。电子设备在第一屏中显示用户界面90时，第二屏可以不显示任何内容，比如变为黑屏状态，也可以持续显示新消息的具体内容，这里不做限制。
通过图8示例可知，电子设备在第一屏中显示新消息的通知信息时，用户可以通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏中显示该新消息的具体内容。用户可以通过简便的用户操作查看该新消息的具体内容，用户体验好。
不限于上述描述的5个应用场景，在本申请实施例中，电子设备还可结合其他启动的应用在第二屏中显示对应的内容。例如，电子设备还可运行导航类应用，用户在第一屏中通过导航类应用选择了导航路线，且电子设备显示其他应用提供的用户界面后，用户可以通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏中显示该导航类应用提供的导航界面。又例如，电子设备还可运行短信应用，电子设备接收到新短信并在第一屏上显示新短信的通知信息时，用户可以通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏中显示该新短信的具体内容，该新短信的具体内容可包括发信人、发信时间、短信内容等。
(二)用户通过翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备结合当前所处的位置在第二屏中显示对应的内容。
在第(二)种情况下，电子设备当前所处的位置可以是地铁站、车站、商场、快递点等，下面结合具体的应用场景描述本申请实施例提供的显示方法。
应用场景6：用户处于地铁站时，通过电子设备100的第一屏查看内容。用户可通过前后翻转电子设备100的操作，触发电子设备100在第二屏中显示地铁乘车码。
这里，地铁乘车码可以为二维码。用户可以在地铁站的卡机上刷地铁乘车码，支付车费，从而进出地铁站。
在应用场景6中，用户处于地铁站时，可以通过第一屏查看内容，该内容可以是任意应用提供的。例如，第一屏中的内容可以是阅读界面、视频界面、相册或游戏界面等。示例性地，参见图9的9a，其示出了用户处于地铁站时第一屏显示的用户界面。在9a所示的示例中，第一屏面向用户，第二屏背向用户。在本申请实施例中，可以将电子设备在第一屏显示的用户界面(例如9a所示的用户界面)称为第一用户界面。
在一些实施例中，当电子设备100配置的是可折叠显示屏时，图9的9a所示的示例中该 可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态。该折叠状态可以由展开状态变换而来。当该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，该可折叠显示屏可以显示有用户界面，该用户界面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示，并且，该用户界面上显示的内容包括可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面的内容(例如9a所示的用户界面包括的内容)。在一些实施例中，该可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时可以全屏显示该用户界面。在一些实施例中，该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面，是放大后的可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面。在另一些实施例中，该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面，不仅包括可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面中的内容，还可包括其他的内容，例如更多的文字、控件等。在本申请实施例中，可以将可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面称为第三用户界面。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100在第一屏显示如9a所示的界面时，第二屏可以为黑屏状态，也可以显示有内容。第二屏为黑屏状态可以是指电子设备100关闭第二屏的电源供应，也可以是指第二屏显示黑色的画面，这里不做限制。
在本申请实施例中，用户可以前后翻转电子设备100，将电子设备100的第二屏和第一屏与用户之间的相对位置互换。例如，用户可以按照图9中所示的箭头方向翻转电子设备100。也就是说，用户前后翻转电子设备100之后，第二屏面向用户，第一屏背向用户。当用户处于地铁站时，响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作，电子设备100可以在第二屏中显示地铁乘车码。
具体实现中，电子设备100可以通过以下几种方式获取当前位置信息：1、通过GPS、GLONASS、BDS等导航系统获取当前位置信息。2、通过网络获取当前位置信息。例如，通过基站定位、WiFi定位、基于位置的服务(location based service，LBS)或地理围栏技术等获取当前位置信息。电子设备100获取到当前位置信息后，可判断是否处于地铁站。
示例性地，参见图9的9b，其示出了用户处于地铁站时，电子设备100检测到用户前后翻转电子设备的操作后，在第二屏中显示的地铁乘车码。这里，第二屏中显示的地铁乘车码可以通过以下方式获取：电子设备100调用某些应用提供的乘车功能，例如微信的乘车小程序，以获取地铁乘车码。在本申请实施例中，可以将电子设备100被前后翻转后在第二屏上显示的用户界面(例如9b所示的用户界面)称为第二用户界面。
在一些实施例中，为了防止误操作，电子设备100还可以结合用户处于地铁站时的时间在第二屏显示地铁乘车码。例如，如果用户处于地铁站的时间为预定时间段(例如工作日的7:00-9:00、17:00-22:00，该时间段分别对应用户的上班和下班的时间段等)，则当用户前后翻转电子设备时，电子设备100在第二屏上显示地铁乘车码。结合用户处于地铁站时的时间在第二屏上显示地铁乘车码，可以避免用户在处于地铁站但并不想乘车的情况下误触发第二屏显示地铁乘车码，比如用户中午12点经过地铁站但并不想乘车。
不限于9b所示的乘车码，在本申请实施例中，电子设备还可以通过其他方式为用户提供乘车时的付款功能。例如，电子设备可通过NFC和其他设备通信，用户可以预先在电子设备100中的钱包应用中添加NFC公交卡。当用户处于地铁站时，用户可以前后翻转电子设备，触发电子设备启动钱包应用，调用NFC公交卡，并在第二屏中显示NFC公交卡刷卡界面，可以使得电子设备通过NFC公交卡完成付款，顺利乘车。
在本申请实施例中，电子设备100响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作在第二屏中显示地铁乘车码或NFC公交卡刷卡界面时，第一屏可以不显示任何内容，比如变为黑屏状态，也 可以持续显示原来的用户界面，这里不做限制。第一屏变为黑屏状态可以是指电子设备100停止第一屏的电源供应，也可以是指第一屏显示黑色的画面，这里不做限制。在一些实施例中，第一屏持续显示如9a所示的用户界面时，电子设备100可以在该用户界面接收输入的用户操作并作出响应。在另一些实施例中，第一屏持续显示如9a所示的用户界面时，该用户界面被锁定，即电子设备100不能在该用户界面上接收输入的用户操作并作出响应，这样可以防止用户在第一屏上误触发电子设备100的部分功能。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作在第二屏中显示地铁乘车码或NFC公交卡刷卡界面之后，用户还可以再次前后翻转电子设备100，使得电子设备100在第一屏中显示原来的内容。示例性地，参见图9的9a，在检测到用户再次前后翻转电子设备100的操作时，电子设备100可以在第一屏中显示如9a所示的用户界面。电子设备在第一屏中显示如9a所示的用户界面时，第二屏可以不显示任何内容，比如变为黑屏状态，也可以持续显示地铁乘车码或NFC公交卡刷卡界面，这里不做限制。
通过图9示例可知，用户处于地铁站时，可通过前后翻转电子设备100的操作，触发电子设备100在第二屏中显示地铁乘车码或NFC公交卡刷卡界面。用户可以通过该地铁乘车码或NFC公交卡刷卡界面完成付款，顺利乘车。即，用户可以通过简便的用户操作触发电子设备显示地铁乘车码或NFC公交卡刷卡界面，方便用户乘车，用户体验好。
应用场景7：用户处于商场时，通过电子设备100的第一屏查看内容。用户可通过前后翻转电子设备100的操作，触发电子设备100在第二屏中显示付款码。
在应用场景7中，用户处于商场时，可以通过第一屏查看内容，该内容可以是任意应用提供的。例如，第一屏中的内容可以是阅读界面、视频界面、相册或游戏界面等。示例性地，参见图10的10a，其示出了用户处于商场时第一屏显示的用户界面。在10a所示的示例中，第一屏面向用户，第二屏背向用户。在本申请实施例中，可以将电子设备在第一屏显示的用户界面(例如10a所示的用户界面)称为第一用户界面。
在一些实施例中，当电子设备100配置的是可折叠显示屏时，图10的10a所示的示例中该可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态。该折叠状态可以由展开状态变换而来。当该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，该可折叠显示屏可以显示有用户界面，该用户界面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示，并且，该用户界面上显示的内容包括可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面的内容(例如10a所示的用户界面包括的内容)。在一些实施例中，该可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时可以全屏显示该用户界面。在一些实施例中，该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面，是放大后的可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面。在另一些实施例中，该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面，不仅包括可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面中的内容，还可包括其他的内容，例如更多的文字、控件等。在本申请实施例中，可以将可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面称为第三用户界面。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100在第一屏显示如10a所示的用户界面时，第二屏可以为黑屏状态，也可以显示有内容。第二屏为黑屏状态可以是指电子设备100关闭第二屏的电源供应，也可以是指第二屏显示黑色的画面，这里不做限制。
在本申请实施例中，用户可以前后翻转电子设备100，将电子设备100的第二屏和第一屏与用户之间的相对位置互换。例如，用户可以按照图10中所示的箭头方向翻转电子设备 100。也就是说，用户前后翻转电子设备100之后，第二屏面向用户，第一屏背向用户。当用户处于商场时，响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作，电子设备100可以在第二屏中显示付款码。这里，电子设备100获取当前位置信息的方式和应用场景6中相同，可参照相关描述。电子设备100获取到当前位置信息后，可判断是否处于商场。
示例性地，参见图10的10b，其示出了用户处于商场时，电子设备100检测到用户前后翻转电子设备的操作后，在第二屏显示的付款码。如10b所示，该付款码可以包括条形码和二维码。这里，第二屏显示的付款码可以是电子设备100安装的付款应用(例如微信或支付宝)提供的。在本申请实施例中，可以将电子设备100被前后翻转后在第二屏上显示的用户界面(例如10b所示的用户界面)称为第二用户界面。
不限于10b所示的付款码，在本申请实施例中，电子设备还可以通过其他方式为用户提供购物时的付款功能。例如，电子设备可通过NFC和其他设备通信，用户可以预先在电子设备100中的钱包应用中添加NFC银行卡。当用户处于商场时，用户可以前后翻转电子设备，触发电子设备启动钱包应用，调用NFC银行卡，并在第二屏中显示NFC银行卡刷卡界面，可以使得电子设备通过NFC银行卡完成付款，顺利购物。
在本申请实施例中，电子设备100响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作在第二屏中显示付款码或NFC银行卡刷卡界面时，第一屏可以不显示任何内容，比如变为黑屏状态，也可以持续显示原来的内容，这里不做限制。第一屏变为黑屏状态可以是指电子设备100停止第一屏的电源供应，也可以是指第一屏显示黑色的画面，这里不做限制。在一些实施例中，第一屏持续显示如10a所示的用户界面时，电子设备100可以在该用户界面接收输入的用户操作并作出响应。在另一些实施例中，第一屏持续显示如10a所示的用户界面时，该用户界面被锁定，即电子设备100不能在该用户界面上接收输入的用户操作并作出响应，这样可以防止用户在第一屏上误触发电子设备100的部分功能。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作在第二屏中显示付款码或NFC银行卡刷卡界面之后，用户还可以再次前后翻转电子设备100，使得电子设备100在第一屏中显示原来的内容。示例性地，参见图10的10a，在检测到用户再次前后翻转电子设备100的操作时，电子设备100可以在第一屏中显示如10a所示的用户界面，比如变为黑屏状态。电子设备在第一屏中显示如10a所示的用户界面时，第二屏可以不显示任何内容，也可以持续显示付款码或NFC银行卡刷卡界面，这里不做限制。
通过图10示例可知，用户处于商场时，可通过前后翻转电子设备100的操作，触发电子设备100在第二屏中显示付款码或NFC银行卡刷卡界面。用户可以通过该付款码或NFC银行卡刷卡界面完成付款，顺利购物。即，用户可以通过简便的用户操作触发电子设备显示付款码或NFC银行卡刷卡界面，顺利购物，用户体验好。
在应用场景7中，用户处于商场时，可以通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏显示付款码或者NFC银行卡刷卡界面。在其他的一些实施例中，用户处于商场时，还可以通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏显示优惠码/优惠券、电子电影票、电影取票码等，方便用户在商场中消费。其中，电子电影票及电影取票码可以由购票应用(例如猫眼、淘票票、美团等)提供。
应用场景8：用户处于快递柜附近时，通过电子设备100的第一屏查看内容。用户可通过前后翻转电子设备100的操作，触发电子设备100在第二屏中显示快递取件码。
快递柜是指设立在公共场合，可供投递和提取快件的自助服务设备。收件人可以让快递公司将物品投递到指定的快递柜，之后凭快递柜发送到电子设备(例如手机)的取件码自助领取快递。这里，取件码可以为数字密码。
在应用场景8中，用户处于快递柜附近时，可以通过第一屏查看内容，该内容可以是任意应用提供的。例如，第一屏中的内容可以是阅读界面、视频界面、相册或游戏界面等。示例性地，参见图11的11a，其示出了用户处于快递柜附近时第一屏显示的用户界面。在11a所示的示例中，第一屏面向用户，第二屏背向用户。本申请实施例中，可以将电子设备在第一屏显示的用户界面(例如11a所示的用户界面)称为第一用户界面。
在一些实施例中，当电子设备100配置的是可折叠显示屏时，图11的11a所示的示例中该可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态。该折叠状态可以由展开状态变换而来。当该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，该可折叠显示屏可以显示有用户界面，该用户界面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示，并且，该用户界面上显示的内容包括可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面的内容(例如11a所示的用户界面包括的内容)。在一些实施例中，该可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时可以全屏显示该用户界面。在一些实施例中，该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面，是放大后的可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面。在另一些实施例中，该可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面，不仅包括可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时在第一屏上显示的用户界面中的内容，还可包括其他的内容，例如更多的文字、控件等。在本申请实施例中，可以将可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时显示的用户界面称为第三用户界面。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100在第一屏显示如11a所示的用户界面时，第二屏可以为黑屏状态，也可以显示有内容。第二屏为黑屏状态可以是指电子设备100关闭第二屏的电源供应，也可以是指第二屏显示黑色的画面，这里不做限制。
在本申请实施例中，用户可以前后翻转电子设备100，将电子设备100的第二屏和第一屏与用户之间的相对位置互换。例如，用户可以按照图11中所示的箭头方向翻转电子设备100。也就是说，用户前后翻转电子设备100之后，第二屏面向用户，第一屏背向用户。当用户处于快递柜附近时，响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作，电子设备100可以在第二屏中显示快递取件码。这里，电子设备100可通过以下方式判断当前是否处于快递柜附近：1、电子设备100获取当前位置信息，根据当前位置信息判断当前是否处于快递柜附近。在当前位置和快递柜之间的距离小于预设值(例如10米、20米等)时，可确定当前处于快递柜附近。这里，电子设备100获取当前位置信息的方式和应用场景6中相同，可参照相关描述。2、快递柜可采用WiFi、蓝牙、NFC等近场通信方式持续广播消息，当电子设备100接收到快递柜发送的消息时，可确定当前处于快递柜附近。
示例性地，参见图11的11b，其示出了用户处于快递柜附近时，电子设备100检测到用户前后翻转电子设备的操作后，在第二屏显示的取件码。在一些实施例中，第二屏还可以显示以下一项或多项：快递公司、快递订单号、物品图片、物品名称、该物品投递到的快递柜地址、快递柜所属公司等。在本申请实施例中，可以将电子设备100被前后翻转后在第二屏上显示的用户界面(例如11b所示的用户界面)称为第二用户界面。
这里，第二屏显示的取件码以及其他信息可以通过以下几种方式获取：1、由电子设备从快递公司的数据库处获取。例如，电子设备可以将快递订单号发送至快递公司的服务器，该服务器在存储的数据库中查找和该快递订单号对应的信息，并将和该快递订单号对应的信息 发送给电子设备。这里，和该快递订单号对应的信息包括取件码。2、电子设备读取用户短信，从用户短信中获取。具体的，快递公司将快递投递至快递柜后，可以通过服务器向电子设备发送短信，该短信携带取件码。3、电子设备从第三方应用(例如淘宝、京东等)获取。具体的，用户通常在第三方应用中购买商品，在商品交由快递公司运输后，第三方应用会获取快递公司反馈的运输情况，该运输情况包括取件码。
在一些实施例中，用户处于快递柜附近，但是该快递柜中并没有存储用户的快递，即用户的快递存储于其他快递柜中。因此，为了防止误触发第二屏显示取件码，电子设备100还可以结合商品投递到的快递柜地址在第二屏中显示取件码。具体的，电子设备100处于快递柜附近时，可以对比该快递柜所在位置和用户物品投递到的快递柜地址，判断该快递柜是否是物品投递到的快递柜，若是，则电子设备100在第二屏中显示取件码。其中，用户物品投递到的快递柜地址可以通过上述3种方式中任意一种获取。
电子设备100响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作在第二屏中显示取件码后，用户可以通过取件码提取快递。例如，用户可以将取件码输入快递柜，快递柜根据接收到的取件码打开对应的快递格，用户可以从快递格中提取快递。在一些实施例中，第二屏还可以显示取件控件110。用户可以点击取件控件110，电子设备100检测到用户输入的点击操作之后，可以通过蓝牙、WiFi、NFC、蜂窝数据网络等将该取件控件所对应快递的验证标识(例如取件码)发送给快递柜，快递柜可根据该验证标识自动打开对应的快递格，以供用户提取快递。
在本申请实施例中，电子设备100响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作在第二屏中显示取件码时，第一屏可以不显示任何内容，比如变为黑屏状态，也可以持续显示原来的内容，这里不做限制。第一屏变为黑屏状态可以是指电子设备100停止第一屏的电源供应，也可以是指第一屏显示黑色的画面，这里不做限制。在一些实施例中，第一屏持续显示如11a所示的用户界面时，电子设备100可以在该用户界面接收输入的用户操作并作出响应。在另一些实施例中，第一屏持续显示如11a所示的用户界面时，该用户界面被锁定，即电子设备100不能在该用户界面上接收输入的用户操作并作出响应，这样可以防止用户在第一屏上误触发电子设备100的部分功能。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作在第二屏中显示取件码之后，用户还可以再次前后翻转电子设备100，使得电子设备100在第一屏中显示原来的用户界面。示例性地，参见图11的11a，在检测到用户再次前后翻转电子设备100的操作时，电子设备100可以在第一屏中显示如11a所示的用户界面。电子设备在第一屏中显示如11a所示的用户界面时，第二屏可以不显示任何内容，比如变为黑屏状态，也可以持续显示取件码，这里不做限制。
通过图11示例可知，用户处于快递柜附近时，可通过前后翻转电子设备100的操作，触发电子设备100在第二屏中显示取件码。用户可以通过该取件码提取快递。即，用户可以通过简便的用户操作触发电子设备显示取件码，顺利提取快递，用户体验好。
结合上述应用场景1-8，在一些实施例中，为了保证电子设备的数据安全，电子设备在第二屏中显示对应内容之前可以提示用户验证身份，验证通过之后，电子设备在第二屏中显示对应内容。这里，用户可以通过以下一项或多项验证身份：密码、指纹、人脸、声纹或手势等。举例来说，在应用场景7中，电子设备检测到用户前后翻转电子设备的操作之后，可以在第二屏中提示用户验证身份。用户可以向电子设备输入验证信息，在验证通过之后，即用 户输入的验证信息和预先存储的验证信息一致时，电子设备才在第二屏中显示付款码。
结合上述应用场景1-8，在一些实施例中，用户通过前后翻转电子设备的操作触发电子设备在第二屏显示对应内容时，该内容所在区域可以和用户握持电子设备的方式相关。具体的，用户前后翻转电子设备后，第二屏中的内容显示在没有被用户手部遮挡的区域，方便用户查看。示例性地，参见图12的12a，其示出了电子设备100接收到新消息时，在第一屏显示的用户界面。当电子设备检测到用户前后翻转电子设备的操作后，示例性地，参考图12的12b，用户前后翻转电子设备的操作后以横屏的方式握持电子设备，电子设备100可以在第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的左边区域显示该新消息的具体内容。
具体实现中，电子设备100可以检测用户握持电子设备的方式，从而确定第二屏中没有被用户遮挡的区域。具体的，电子设备100的第二屏下可以设置压力传感器。当用户握持电子设备时，会有压力作用于对应位置的压力传感器，因此，电子设备可通过压力传感器测量到的压力计算用户触摸第二屏的触摸点位置，从而确定用户手部遮挡第二屏的区域。在一些实施例中，电子设备100的边框位置也可以设置有压力传感器，电子设备100还可以通过该压力传感器所测量到的压力计算用户在边框上的触摸点位置，从而辅助性地确定用户手部遮挡第二屏的区域。例如，参见图12的12b，用户前后翻转电子设备之后，以12b所示的方式握持电子设备，电子设备100可通过设置在第二屏和/或边框位置的压力传感器检测到用户握持电子设备时的压力，并确定12b所示的触摸点位置。根据12b所示的触摸点位置，电子设备可确定当前用户手部遮挡了第二屏的右边区域。
在本申请实施例中，除了结合具体的场景在电子设备的第二屏中显示对应的内容外，响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作，第二屏中还可以显示预先设置的内容。该预先设置的内容可以由电子设备或用户设置，这里不做限制。例如，电子设备或用户可以设置该内容为时间和天气Widget、日历、日程等。示例性地，参见图13的13a，其示出了第一屏显示的用户界面，该用户界面包括电子设备已安装的应用的图标、状态栏以及导航栏。在13a所示的示例中，第一屏面向用户，第二屏背向用户。示例性地，参见图13的13b，响应于用户前后翻转电子设备的操作，电子设备100在第二屏中显示预先设置的时间和天气widget。
可理解的，在本申请实施例中，上述实施例可以结合实施。例如，应用场景4-应用场景8中的一个或多个场景可以同时出现。举例说明，假设应用场景5和应用场景6同时出现，即用户处于地铁站时接收到新消息，并且电子设备或用户预先设置第二屏显示时间和天气Widget。示例性地，参见图14的14a，其示出了第一屏显示的用户界面。在14a所示的示例中，第一屏面向用户，第二屏背向用户。示例性地，参见图14的14b，用户可以通过前后翻转电子设备的操作，触发电子设备在第二屏同时显示新消息的具体内容、地铁乘车码以及预先设置的时间和天气widget。
在本申请的一些实施例中，电子设备还可以结合当前的姿态在显示屏中显示预设的内容。下面结合应用场景进行说明。
应用场景9：用户将电子设备抬起到竖直姿态时，电子设备在背向用户的显示屏上显示预设的内容。该预设的内容可包括以下一项或多项：电子设备所属品牌的标识、用户设置的个性图案或个性签名等。
具体的，电子设备处于竖直姿态是指电子设备的Y轴和竖直方向的夹角在预设角度(例如30度)内。竖直方向是指地球重力的方向或者反方向。电子设备可以通过陀螺仪传感器、 加速度传感器、重力感应器中的一个或多个来检测电子设备100是否处于竖直姿态。示例性地，参考图15，其示出了用户拨打/接听电话时，即电子设备处于竖直姿态时，背向用户的显示屏所显示的内容。
上述图4-图15实施例介绍了本申请实施例涉及的人机交互场景，下面介绍本申请实施例提供的显示方法。
参见图16，图16为本申请实施例提供的一种显示方法的流程示意图。图16所示的显示方法对应于应用场景1，该显示方法应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，该可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏。第一屏和第二屏的定义可参照前文相关描述。
如图所示，该显示方法可包括如下步骤：
步骤S101：检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态；在第一屏上显示第一应用的第一用户界面，其中第一应用属于阅读类应用。
具体的，电子设备可通过设置在可折叠显示屏上的角度传感器检测弯折角度，并根据该弯折角度判断可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态或者展开状态。电子设备根据弯折角度判断可折叠显示屏是否处于折叠状态或者展开状态的方法可参照图2实施例中关于可折叠显示屏的相关描述。
第一应用的示例可参照图4实施例的相关描述。第一用户界面的示例可参照图4的4a。
在一些实施例中，在检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，电子设备可检测到可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，并显示第一应用的第三用户界面，第三用户界面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示；其中第三用户界面上显示的内容包括第一用户界面上显示的内容。进一步地，在一些实施例中，电子设备可在可折叠显示屏上全屏显示第一应用的第三用户界面。这里，第三用户界面的定义可参照图4实施例中的相关描述。也就是说，可折叠显示屏的折叠状态可由展开状态变换而来。
在一些实施例中，电子设备在第一屏上显示第一应用的第一用户界面时，可以停止第二屏的电源供应，第二屏上也可以显示有内容，这里不做限制。
步骤S102：检测电子设备是否被前后翻转。
具体的，电子设备被前后翻转的含义可参照图4实施例的相关描述。检测电子设备是否被前后翻转的方法可参照图4实施例的相关描述。
步骤S103：在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面；其中，第二用户界面和第一用户界面包括相同的界面元素，并且，第二用户界面和第一用户界面有以下至少一项不同：背景颜色、显示界面元素的颜色或界面元素的排布方式。
具体的，第二用户界面的示例可参照图4的4b。
在一些实施例中，电子设备在第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面时，可以停止第一屏的电源供应，也可以在第一屏上显示原有的用户界面，即显示第一用户界面。
在一些实施例中，电子设备还可以确定第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域，在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示第二用户界面。这里，电子设备确定第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域的方法、以及在第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示第二用户界面的方式可参照图12实施例的相关描述。
在一些实施例中，电子设备被前后翻转之前，第一屏面向用户，第二屏背向用户；电子设备被前后翻转之后，第二屏面向用户，第一屏背向用户。
参见图17，图17为本申请实施例提供的一种显示方法的流程示意图。图17所示的显示方法对应于应用场景2，该显示方法应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，该可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏，第一屏上方设置有摄像头。第一屏和第二屏的定义可参照前文相关描述。
如图所示，该显示方法可包括如下步骤：
步骤S201：检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态；在第一屏上显示相机应用的第一预览画面；第一预览画面包括摄像头采集到的第二屏所在方向的画面。
具体的，电子设备检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态或者展开状态的方法和图16中的步骤S101中相同，可参照相关描述。
第一预览界面的示例可参照图5的5a。
在一些实施例中，在检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，电子设备可检测到可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，并显示相机应用的第三预览画面，第三预览画面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示；其中第三预览画面包括摄像头采集到的第二屏所在方向的画面。进一步地，在一些实施例中，电子设备可在可折叠显示屏上全屏相机应用的第三预览画面。这里，第三预览画面的定义可参照图5实施例中的相关描述。也就是说，可折叠显示屏的折叠状态可由展开状态变换而来。
在一些实施例中，电子设备在第一屏上显示相机应用的第一预览画面时，可以停止第二屏的电源供应，第二屏上也可以显示有内容，这里不做限制。
步骤S202：检测电子设备是否被前后翻转。
具体的，电子设备被前后翻转的含义可参照图5实施例的相关描述。检测电子设备是否被前后翻转的方法可参照图5实施例的相关描述。
步骤S203：在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏上显示相机应用的第二预览画面，其中第二预览画面包括摄像头采集到的人脸画面。
具体的，第二预览画面的示例可参照图5的5b。
在一些实施例中，第二预览画面中显示的人脸画面具有以下效果中的至少一个：景深效果、背景虚化效果或者人物美化效果。
在一些实施例中，电子设备在第二屏上显示相机应用的第二预览画面时，可以停止第一屏的电源供应，也可以在第一屏上显示原有的用户界面，即显示第一用户界面。
在一些实施例中，电子设备还可以确定第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域，在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示相机应用的第二预览画面。这里，电子设备确定第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域的方法、以及在第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示相机应用的第二预览画面的方式可参照图12实施例的相关描述。
在一些实施例中，电子设备被前后翻转之前，第一屏面向用户，第二屏背向用户；电子设备被前后翻转之后，第二屏面向用户，第一屏背向用户。
参见图18，图18为本申请实施例提供的一种显示方法的流程示意图。图18所示的显示方法对应于应用场景3，该显示方法应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，该可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏，第一屏上方设置有第一摄像头，第二屏上方设置有第二摄像头。第一屏和第二屏的定义可参照前文相关描述。
如图所示，该显示方法可包括如下步骤：
步骤S301：检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态；在第一屏上显示第一应用的第一用户界面，其中，第一应用属于视频通话应用，第一用户界面包括第一摄像头采集的画面和视频通话的对方画面，第一摄像头采集的画面和视频通话的对方画面之间有部分遮挡。
具体的，电子设备检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态或者展开状态的方法和图16中的步骤S101中相同，可参照相关描述。
第一应用的示例可参照图6实施例的相关描述。第一用户界面的示例可参照图6的6a。
在一些实施例中，在检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，电子设备可检测到可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，并显示第一应用的第三用户界面，第三用户界面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示；其中第三用户界面是放大后的第一用户界面。进一步地，在一些实施例中，电子设备可在可折叠显示屏上全屏显示第一应用的第三用户界面。这里，第三用户界面的定义可参照图6实施例中的相关描述。也就是说，可折叠显示屏的折叠状态可由展开状态变换而来。
在一些实施例中，电子设备在第一屏上显示第一应用的第一用户界面时，可以停止第二屏的电源供应，第二屏上也可以显示有内容，这里不做限制。
步骤S302：检测电子设备是否被前后翻转。
具体的，电子设备被前后翻转的含义可参照图6实施例的相关描述。检测电子设备是否被前后翻转的方法可参照图6实施例的相关描述。
步骤S303：在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面；第二用户界面包括第二摄像头采集的画面和视频通话的对方画面，并且第二摄像头采集的画面和视频通话的对方画面之间互不遮挡。
具体的，第二用户界面的示例可参照图6的6b。
在一些实施例中，电子设备在第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面时，可以停止第一屏的电源供应，也可以在第一屏上显示原有的用户界面，即显示第一用户界面。
在一些实施例中，电子设备还可以确定第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域，在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示第二用户界面。这里，电子设备确定第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域的方法、以及在第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示第二用户界面的方式可参照图12实施例的相关描述。
在一些实施例中，电子设备被前后翻转之前，第一屏面向用户，第二屏背向用户；电子设备被前后翻转之后，第二屏面向用户，第一屏背向用户。
参见图19，图19为本申请实施例提供的一种显示方法的流程示意图。图19所示的显示方法对应于应用场景4，该显示方法应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，该可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏。第一屏和第二屏的定义可参照前文相关描述。
如图所示，该显示方法可包括如下步骤：
步骤S401：检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态；在第一屏上显示第一用户界面。
具体的，电子设备检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态或者展开状态的方法和图16中的步骤S101中相同，可参照相关描述。
第一用户界面的示例可参照图7的7b。
在一些实施例中，在检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，电子设备可检测到可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，并显示第三用户界面，第三用户界面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示；其 中第三用户界面上显示的内容包括第一用户界面上显示的内容。进一步地，在一些实施例中，电子设备可在可折叠显示屏上全屏显示第三用户界面。这里，第三用户界面的定义可参照图7实施例中的相关描述。也就是说，可折叠显示屏的折叠状态可由展开状态变换而来。
在一些实施例中，电子设备在第一屏上显示第一用户界面时，可以停止第二屏的电源供应，第二屏上也可以显示有内容，这里不做限制。
步骤S402：检测电子设备是否被前后翻转。
具体的，电子设备被前后翻转的含义可参照图7实施例的相关描述。检测电子设备是否被前后翻转的方法可参照图7实施例的相关描述。
步骤S403：在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面；其中，第一应用属于打车类应用，第二用户界面包括打车类应用提供的打车订单的信息；或者，第一应用属于导航类应用，第二用户界面为导航类应用提供的导航界面。
具体的，第二用户界面的示例可参照图7的7c。
在一些实施例中，电子设备在第二屏上显示第二用户界面时，可以停止第一屏的电源供应，也可以在第一屏上显示原有的用户界面，即显示第一用户界面。
在一些实施例中，电子设备还可以确定第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域，在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示第二用户界面。这里，电子设备确定第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域的方法、以及在第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示第二用户界面的方式可参照图12实施例的相关描述。
在一些实施例中，电子设备被前后翻转之前，第一屏面向用户，第二屏背向用户；电子设备被前后翻转之后，第二屏面向用户，第一屏背向用户。
参见图20，图20为本申请实施例提供的一种显示方法的流程示意图。图20所示的显示方法对应于应用场景5，该显示方法应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，该可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏。第一屏和第二屏的定义可参照前文相关描述。
如图所示，该显示方法可包括如下步骤：
步骤S501：检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态；在第一屏上显示第一用户界面，第一用户界面包括第一应用接收到的新消息的通知信息。
具体的，电子设备检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态或者展开状态的方法和图16中的步骤S101中相同，可参照相关描述。
第一应用的示例可参照图8实施例的相关描述。第一用户界面的示例可参照图8的8a。
在一些实施例中，在检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，电子设备可检测到可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，并显示第三用户界面，第三用户界面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示；其中第三用户界面上显示的内容包括第一用户界面上显示的内容。进一步地，在一些实施例中，电子设备可在可折叠显示屏上全屏显示该第三用户界面。这里，第三用户界面的定义可参照图8实施例中的相关描述。也就是说，可折叠显示屏的折叠状态可由展开状态变换而来。
在一些实施例中，电子设备在第一屏上显示第一用户界面时，可以停止第二屏的电源供应，第二屏上也可以显示有内容，这里不做限制。
步骤S502：检测电子设备是否被前后翻转。
具体的，电子设备被前后翻转的含义可参照图8实施例的相关描述。检测电子设备是否被前后翻转的方法可参照图8实施例的相关描述。
步骤S503：在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面；其中，第二用户界面包括新消息的具体内容；新消息的具体内容包含的信息量大于新消息的通知信息包含的信息量。
具体的，第二用户界面的示例可参照图8的8b。
在一些实施例中，电子设备在第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面时，可以停止在第一屏上显示新消息的通知信息。
在一些实施例中，电子设备在第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面时，可以停止第一屏的电源供应，也可以在第一屏上显示原有的用户界面，即显示第一用户界面。
在一些实施例中，电子设备还可以确定第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域，在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示第二用户界面。这里，电子设备确定第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域的方法、以及在第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示第二用户界面的方式可参照图12实施例的相关描述。
在一些实施例中，电子设备被前后翻转之前，第一屏面向用户，第二屏背向用户；电子设备被前后翻转之后，第二屏面向用户，第一屏背向用户。
参见图21，图21为本申请实施例提供的一种显示方法的流程示意图。图21所示的显示方法对应于应用场景6-8，该显示方法应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，该可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏。第一屏和第二屏的定义可参照前文相关描述。
如图所示，该显示方法可包括如下步骤：
步骤S601：检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态；在第一屏上显示第一用户界面。
具体的，电子设备检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态或者展开状态的方法和图16中的步骤S101中相同，可参照相关描述。
第一用户界面的示例可参照图9的9a、图10的10a、图11的11a。
在一些实施例中，在检测可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，电子设备可检测到可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，并显示第三用户界面，第三用户界面在第一屏和第二屏上均有显示；其中第三用户界面上显示的内容包括第一用户界面上显示的内容。进一步地，在一些实施例中，电子设备可在可折叠显示屏上全屏显示该第三用户界面。这里，第三用户界面的定义可参照图9-图11实施例中的相关描述。也就是说，可折叠显示屏的折叠状态可由展开状态变换而来。
在一些实施例中，电子设备在第一屏上显示第一用户界面时，可以停止第二屏的电源供应，第二屏上也可以显示有内容，这里不做限制。
步骤S602：获取电子设备当前所在的位置。
具体的，电子设备获取当前所在位置的方式可参照图9实施例中的相关描述。
步骤S603：检测电子设备是否被前后翻转。
具体的，电子设备被前后翻转的含义可参照图9-图11实施例的相关描述。检测电子设备是否被前后翻转的方法可参照图9-图11实施例的相关描述。
步骤S604：在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏上显示第二用户界面，第二用户界面和电子设备当前所在的位置相关联。
在一些实施例中，当电子设备处于地铁站时，第二用户界面包括地铁乘车码，或者，第二用户界面为NFC公交卡刷卡界面。地铁乘车码或NFC公交卡刷卡界面的获取方式可参照图9实施例的相关描述。这里，第二用户界面的示例可参照图9的9b。
在一些实施例中，当电子设备处于商场时，第二用户界面包括付款码，或者，第二用户界面为NFC银行卡付款界面。付款码、NFC银行卡付款界面的获取方式可参照图10实施例的相关描述。这里，第二用户界面的示例可参照图10的10b。
在一些实施例中，当电子设备所处的位置和快递柜之间的距离小于预设值时，第二用户界面包括快递取件码。快递取件码的获取方式可参照图11实施例的相关描述。这里，第二用户界面的示例可参照图11的11b。
在一些实施例中，电子设备在第二屏上显示第二用户界面时，可以停止在第一屏上显示新消息的通知信息。
在一些实施例中，电子设备在第二屏上显示第二用户界面时，可以停止第一屏的电源供应，也可以在第一屏上显示原有的用户界面，即显示第一用户界面。
在一些实施例中，电子设备还可以确定第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域，在电子设备被前后翻转时，在第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示第二用户界面。这里，电子设备确定第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域的方法、以及在第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示第二用户界面的方式可参照图12实施例的相关描述。
在一些实施例中，电子设备被前后翻转之前，第一屏面向用户，第二屏背向用户；电子设备被前后翻转之后，第二屏面向用户，第一屏背向用户。
本申请的各实施方式可以任意进行组合，以实现不同的技术效果。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk)等。

Claims (96)

  1. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、可折叠显示屏，所述可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏；
    所述存储器、所述可折叠显示屏与所述一个或多个处理器耦合，所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行：
    检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态；在所述第一屏上显示第一应用的第一用户界面，其中所述第一应用属于阅读类应用；
    检测所述电子设备是否被前后翻转；
    在所述电子设备被前后翻转时，在所述第二屏上显示所述第一应用的第二用户界面；
    其中，所述第二用户界面和所述第一用户界面包括相同的界面元素，并且，所述第二用户界面和所述第一用户界面有以下至少一项不同：背景颜色、显示所述界面元素的颜色或所述界面元素的排布方式。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述一个或多个处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行：
    在检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，检测到所述可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，显示所述第一应用的第三用户界面，所述第三用户界面在所述第一屏和所述第二屏上均有显示；其中所述第三用户界面上显示的内容包括所述第一用户界面上显示的内容。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备显示所述第一应用的第三用户界面时具体包括：所述处理器用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备在所述可折叠显示屏上全屏显示所述第一应用的第三用户界面。
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备在所述第一屏上显示所述第一应用的第一用户界面时，停止所述第二屏的电源供应。
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备在所述第二屏上显示所述第一应用的第二用户界面时，停止所述第一屏的电源供应。
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备确定所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域；
    在所述电子设备被前后翻转时，在所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示所述第二用户界面。
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之前，所述第一屏面向用户，所述第二屏背向用户；
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之后，所述第二屏面向用户，所述第一屏背向用户。
  8. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、可折叠显示屏和摄像头，所述可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏，所述第二屏上方设置所述摄像头；
    所述存储器、所述可折叠显示屏与所述一个或多个处理器耦合，所述存储器用于存储计 算机程序代码，所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行：
    检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态；在所述第一屏上显示相机应用的第一预览画面；所述第一预览画面包括所述摄像头采集到的所述第二屏所在方向的画面；
    检测所述电子设备是否被前后翻转；
    在所述电子设备被前后翻转时，在所述第二屏上显示所述相机应用的第二预览画面，其中所述第二预览画面包括所述摄像头采集到的人脸画面。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述第二预览画面中显示的人脸画面具有以下效果中的至少一个：景深效果、背景虚化效果或者人物美化效果。
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行：
    在检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，检测到所述可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，显示所述相机应用的第三预览画面，所述第三预览画面在所述第一屏和所述第二屏上均有显示；其中所述第三预览画面包括所述摄像头采集到的所述第二屏所在方向的画面。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备显示所述相机应用的第三预览画面时具体包括：所述处理器用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备在所述可折叠显示屏上全屏显示所述相机应用的第三预览画面。
  12. 根据权利要求8-11任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备在所述第一屏上显示所述相机应用的第一预览画面时，停止所述第二屏的电源供应。
  13. 根据权利要求8-12任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备在所述第二屏上显示所述相机应用的第二预览画面时，停止所述第一屏的电源供应。
  14. 根据权利要求8-13任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备确定所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域；
    在所述电子设备被前后翻转时，在所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示所述第二预览画面。
  15. 根据权利要求8-14任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之前，所述第一屏面向用户，所述第二屏背向用户；
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之后，所述第二屏面向用户，所述第一屏背向用户。
  16. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、可折叠显示屏、第一摄像头和第二摄像头；所述可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏，所述第二屏的宽高比小于所述第一屏的宽高比，所述第一屏上方设置所述第一摄像头，所述第二屏上方设置所述第二摄像头；
    所述存储器、所述可折叠显示屏与所述一个或多个处理器耦合，所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行：
    检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态；在所述第一屏上显示第一应用的第一用户界面， 其中，所述第一应用属于视频通话应用，所述第一用户界面包括所述第一摄像头采集的画面和视频通话的对方画面，所述第一摄像头采集的画面和所述视频通话的对方画面之间有部分遮挡；
    检测所述电子设备是否被前后翻转；
    在所述电子设备被前后翻转时，在所述第二屏上显示所述第一应用的第二用户界面；所述第二用户界面包括所述第二摄像头采集的画面和所述视频通话的对方画面，并且所述第二摄像头采集的画面和所述视频通话的对方画面之间互不遮挡。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行：
    在检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，检测到所述可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，显示所述第一应用的第三用户界面，所述第三用户界面在所述第一屏和所述第二屏上均有显示；其中所述第三用户界面是放大后的所述第一用户界面。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备显示所述第一应用的第三用户界面时具体包括：所述处理器用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备在所述可折叠显示屏上全屏显示所述第一应用的第三用户界面。
  19. 根据权利要求16-18任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备在所述第一屏上显示所述第一应用的第一用户界面时，停止所述第二屏的电源供应。
  20. 根据权利要求16-19任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备在所述第二屏上显示所述第一应用的第二用户界面时，停止所述第一屏的电源供应。
  21. 根据权利要求16-20任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备确定所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域；
    在所述电子设备被前后翻转时，在所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示所述第二用户界面。
  22. 根据权利要求16-21任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之前，所述第一屏面向用户，所述第二屏背向用户；
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之后，所述第二屏面向用户，所述第一屏背向用户。
  23. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、可折叠显示屏，所述可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏；
    所述存储器、所述可折叠显示屏与所述一个或多个处理器耦合，所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行：
    检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态；在所述第一屏上显示第一用户界面；
    检测所述电子设备是否被前后翻转；
    在所述电子设备被前后翻转时，在所述第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面；
    其中，所述第一应用属于打车类应用，所述第二用户界面包括所述打车类应用提供的打车订单的信息；或者，所述第一应用属于导航类应用，所述第二用户界面为所述导航类应用 提供的导航界面。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行：
    在检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，检测到所述可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，显示第三用户界面，所述第三用户界面在所述第一屏和所述第二屏上均有显示；其中所述第三用户界面上显示的内容包括所述第一用户界面上显示的内容。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备显示第三用户界面具体包括：所述处理器用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备在所述可折叠显示屏上全屏显示所述第三用户界面。
  26. 根据权利要求23-25任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备在所述第一屏上显示所述第一用户界面时，停止所述第二屏的电源供应。
  27. 根据权利要求23-26任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备在所述第二屏上显示所述第一应用的第二用户界面时，停止所述第一屏的电源供应。
  28. 根据权利要求23-27任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备确定所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域；
    在所述电子设备被前后翻转时，在所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示所述第二用户界面。
  29. 根据权利要求23-28任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之前，所述第一屏面向用户，所述第二屏背向用户；
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之后，所述第二屏面向用户，所述第一屏背向用户。
  30. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、可折叠显示屏，所述可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏；
    所述存储器、所述可折叠显示屏与所述一个或多个处理器耦合，所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行：
    检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态；在所述第一屏上显示第一用户界面；
    检测所述电子设备是否被前后翻转；
    在所述电子设备被前后翻转时，在所述第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面；
    其中，所述第一用户界面包括所述第一应用接收到的新消息的通知信息，所述第二用户界面包括所述新消息的具体内容；所述新消息的具体内容包含的信息量大于所述新消息的通知信息包含的信息量。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备在所述第二屏上显示所述第一应用的第二用户界面时，停止在所述第一屏上显示所述新消息的通知信息。
  32. 根据权利要求30或31所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行：
    在检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，检测到所述可折叠显示屏处于展开状态， 显示第三用户界面，所述第三用户界面在所述第一屏和所述第二屏上均有显示；其中所述第三用户界面上显示的内容包括所述第一用户界面上显示的内容。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备显示第三用户界面具体包括：所述处理器用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备在所述可折叠显示屏上全屏显示所述第三用户界面。
  34. 根据权利要求30-33任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备在所述第一屏上显示所述第一用户界面时，停止所述第二屏的电源供应。
  35. 根据权利要求30-34任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备在所述第二屏上显示所述第一应用的第二用户界面时，停止所述第一屏的电源供应。
  36. 根据权利要求30-35任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备确定所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域；
    在所述电子设备被前后翻转时，在所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示所述第二用户界面。
  37. 根据权利要求30-36任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之前，所述第一屏面向用户，所述第二屏背向用户；
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之后，所述第二屏面向用户，所述第一屏背向用户。
  38. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、可折叠显示屏，所述可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏；
    所述存储器、所述可折叠显示屏与所述一个或多个处理器耦合，所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行：
    检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态；在所述第一屏上显示第一用户界面；
    获取所述电子设备当前所在的位置；
    检测所述电子设备是否被前后翻转；
    在所述电子设备被前后翻转时，在所述第二屏上显示第二用户界面，所述第二用户界面和所述电子设备当前所在的位置相关联。
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的电子设备，其特征在于，当所述电子设备处于地铁站时，所述第二用户界面包括地铁乘车码，或者，所述第二用户界面为NFC公交卡刷卡界面。
  40. 根据权利要求38所述的电子设备，其特征在于，当所述电子设备处于商场时，所述第二用户界面包括付款码，或者，所述第二用户界面为NFC银行卡付款界面。
  41. 根据权利要求38所述的电子设备，其特征在于，当所述电子设备所处的位置和快递柜之间的距离小于预设值时，所述第二用户界面包括快递取件码。
  42. 根据权利要求38-41任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行：接收用户输入的验证信息；
    在接收到的所述用户输入的验证信息和所述电子设备预先存储的验证信息一致的情况下，在所述第二屏上显示所述第二用户界面。
  43. 根据权利要求38-42任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用 所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行：
    在检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，检测到所述可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，显示第三用户界面，所述第三用户界面在所述第一屏和所述第二屏上均有显示；其中所述第三用户界面上显示的内容包括所述第一用户界面上显示的内容。
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备显示第三用户界面具体包括：所述处理器用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备在所述可折叠显示屏上全屏显示所述第三用户界面。
  45. 根据权利要求38-44任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备在所述第一屏上显示所述第一用户界面时，停止所述第二屏的电源供应。
  46. 根据权利要求38-45任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备在所述第二屏上显示所述第一应用的第二用户界面时，停止所述第一屏的电源供应。
  47. 根据权利要求38-46任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备确定所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域；
    在所述电子设备被前后翻转时，在所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示所述第二用户界面。
  48. 根据权利要求38-47任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之前，所述第一屏面向用户，所述第二屏背向用户；
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之后，所述第二屏面向用户，所述第一屏背向用户。
  49. 一种显示的方法，应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态，其中所述可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏；
    在所述第一屏上显示第一应用的第一用户界面，其中所述第一应用属于阅读类应用；
    检测到所述电子设备被前后翻转，在所述第二屏上显示所述第一应用的第二用户界面，其中，所述第二用户界面和所述第一用户界面包括相同的界面元素，并且，所述第二用户界面和所述第一用户界面有以下至少一项不同：背景颜色、显示所述界面元素的颜色或所述界面元素的排布方式。
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的方法，其特征在于，所述检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，所述方法还包括：
    检测到所述可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，显示所述第一应用的第三用户界面，所述第三用户界面在所述第一屏和所述第二屏上均有显示；其中所述第三用户界面上显示的内容包括所述第一用户界面上显示的内容。
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的方法，其特征在于，检测到所述可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，在所述可折叠显示屏上全屏显示所述第一应用的第三用户界面。
  52. 根据权利要求49-51任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一屏上显示所述第一应用的第一用户界面时，停止所述第二屏的电源供应。
  53. 根据权利要求49-52任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第二屏上显示所述第一应用的第二用户界面时，停止所述第一屏的电源供应。
  54. 根据权利要求49-53任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：所述电子设备确定所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域；
    所述检测到所述电子设备被前后翻转，在所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示所述第二用户界面。
  55. 根据权利要求49-54任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之前，所述第一屏面向用户，所述第二屏背向用户；
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之后，所述第二屏面向用户，所述第一屏背向用户。
  56. 一种显示的方法，应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态，其中所述可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏，所述第二屏上方设置有摄像头；
    在所述第一屏上显示相机应用的第一预览画面，所述第一预览画面包括所述摄像头采集到的所述第二屏所在方向的画面；
    检测到所述电子设备被前后翻转，在所述第二屏上显示所述相机应用的第二预览画面，所述第二预览画面包括所述摄像头采集到的人脸画面。
  57. 根据权利要求56所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二预览画面包括的人脸画面具有以下效果中的至少一个：景深效果、背景虚化效果或者人物美化效果。
  58. 根据权利要求56或57所述的方法，其特征在于，所述检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，所述方法还包括：
    检测到所述可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，显示所述相机应用的第三预览画面，所述第三预览画面在所述第一屏和所述第二屏上均有显示；其中所述第三预览画面包括所述摄像头采集到的所述第二屏所在方向的画面。
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的方法，其特征在于，检测到所述可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，在所述可折叠显示屏上全屏显示所述相机应用的第三预览画面。
  60. 根据权利要求56-59任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一屏上显示所述相机应用的第一预览画面时，停止所述第二屏的电源供应。
  61. 根据权利要求56-60任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第二屏上显示所述相机应用的第二预览画面时，停止所述第一屏的电源供应。
  62. 根据权利要求56-61任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：所述电子设备确定所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域；
    所述检测到所述电子设备被前后翻转，在所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示所述第二预览画面。
  63. 根据权利要求56-62任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之前，所述第一屏面向用户，所述第二屏背向用户；
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之后，所述第二屏面向用户，所述第一屏背向用户。
  64. 一种显示的方法，应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态，其中所述可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏，所 述第二屏的宽高比小于所述第一屏的宽高比，所述第一屏上方包括第一摄像头，所述第二屏上方包括第二摄像头；
    在所述第一屏上显示第一应用的第一用户界面，其中所述第一应用属于视频通话应用，所述第一用户界面包括所述第一摄像头采集的画面和视频通话的对方画面，所述第一摄像头采集的画面和所述视频通话的对方画面之间有部分遮挡；
    检测到所述电子设备被前后翻转，在所述第二屏上显示所述第一应用的第二用户界面；所述第二用户界面包括所述第二摄像头采集的画面和所述视频通话的对方画面，并且所述第二摄像头采集的画面和所述视频通话的对方画面之间互不遮挡。
  65. 根据权利要求64所述的方法，其特征在于，所述检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，所述方法还包括：
    检测到所述可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，显示所述第一应用的第三用户界面，所述第三用户界面在所述第一屏和所述第二屏上均有显示；其中所述第三用户界面是放大后的所述第一用户界面。
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的方法，其特征在于，检测到所述可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，在所述可折叠显示屏上全屏显示所述第一应用的第三用户界面。
  67. 根据权利要求64-66任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一屏上显示所述第一应用的第一用户界面时，停止所述第二屏的电源供应。
  68. 根据权利要求64-67任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第二屏上显示所述第一应用的第二用户界面时，停止所述第一屏的电源供应。
  69. 根据权利要求64-68任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：所述电子设备确定所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域；
    所述检测到所述电子设备被前后翻转，在所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示所述第二用户界面。
  70. 根据权利要求64-69任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之前，所述第一屏面向用户，所述第二屏背向用户；
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之后，所述第二屏面向用户，所述第一屏背向用户。
  71. 一种显示的方法，应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态，其中所述可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏；
    在所述第一屏上显示第一用户界面；
    检测到所述电子设备被前后翻转，在所述第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面；
    其中，所述第一应用属于打车类应用，所述第二用户界面包括所述打车类应用提供的打车订单的信息；或者，所述第一应用属于导航类应用，所述第二用户界面为所述导航类应用提供的导航界面。
  72. 根据权利要求71所述的方法，其特征在于，所述检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，所述方法还包括：
    检测到所述可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，显示第三用户界面，所述第三用户界面在所述第一屏和所述第二屏上均有显示；其中所述第三用户界面上显示的内容包括所述第一用户界面上显示的内容。
  73. 根据权利要求72所述的方法，其特征在于，检测到所述可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，在所述可折叠显示屏上全屏显示所述第三用户界面。
  74. 根据权利要求71-73任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一屏上显示所述第一用户界面时，停止所述第二屏的电源供应。
  75. 根据权利要求71-74任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第二屏上显示所述第一应用的第二用户界面时，停止所述第一屏的电源供应。
  76. 根据权利要求71-75任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：所述电子设备确定所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域；
    所述检测到所述电子设备被前后翻转，在所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示所述第二用户界面。
  77. 根据权利要求71-76任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之前，所述第一屏面向用户，所述第二屏背向用户；
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之后，所述第二屏面向用户，所述第一屏背向用户。
  78. 一种显示的方法，应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态，其中所述可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏；
    在所述第一屏上显示第一用户界面；
    检测到所述电子设备被前后翻转，在所述第二屏上显示第一应用的第二用户界面；
    其中，所述第一用户界面包括所述第一应用接收到的新消息的通知信息，所述第二用户界面包括所述新消息的具体内容；所述新消息的具体内容包含的信息量大于所述新消息的通知信息包含的信息量。
  79. 根据权利要求78所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第二屏上显示所述第一应用的第二用户界面时，所述电子设备停止在所述第一屏上显示所述新消息的通知信息。
  80. 根据权利要求78或79所述的方法，其特征在于，所述检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，所述方法还包括：
    检测到所述可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，显示第三用户界面，所述第三用户界面在所述第一屏和所述第二屏上均有显示；其中所述第三用户界面上显示的内容包括所述第一用户界面上显示的内容。
  81. 根据权利要求80所述的方法，其特征在于，检测到所述可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，在所述可折叠显示屏上全屏显示所述第三用户界面。
  82. 根据权利要求78-81任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一屏上显示所述第一用户界面时，停止所述第二屏的电源供应。
  83. 根据权利要求78-82任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第二屏上显示所述第二用户界面时，停止所述第一屏的电源供应。
  84. 根据权利要求78-83任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：所述电子设备确定所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域；
    所述检测到所述电子设备被前后翻转，在所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示所述第二用户界面。
  85. 根据权利要求78-84任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之前，所述第一屏面向用户，所述第二屏背向用户；
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之后，所述第二屏面向用户，所述第一屏背向用户。
  86. 一种显示的方法，应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态，其中所述可折叠显示屏包括第一屏和第二屏；
    在所述第一屏上显示第一用户界面；
    所述电子设备获取当前所在的位置；
    检测到所述电子设备被前后翻转，在所述第二屏上显示第二用户界面，所述第二用户界面和所述电子设备当前所在的位置相关联。
  87. 根据权利要求86所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述电子设备处于地铁站时，所述第二用户界面包括地铁乘车码，或者，所述第二用户界面为NFC公交卡刷卡界面。
  88. 根据权利要求86所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述电子设备处于商场时，所述第二用户界面包括付款码，或者，所述第二用户界面为NFC银行卡付款界面。
  89. 根据权利要求86所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述电子设备所处的位置和快递柜之间的距离小于预设值时，所述第二用户界面包括快递取件码。
  90. 根据权利要求86-89任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备接收用户输入的验证信息，在所述用户输入的验证信息和所述电子设备预先存储的验证信息一致的情况下，所述电子设备在所述第二屏上显示所述第二用户界面。
  91. 根据权利要求86-90任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述检测所述可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态之前，所述方法还包括：
    检测到所述可折叠显示屏处于展开状态，显示第三用户界面，所述第三用户界面在所述第一屏和所述第二屏上均有显示；其中所述第三用户界面上显示的内容包括所述第一用户界面上显示的内容。
  92. 根据权利要求91所述的方法，其特征在于，检测到所述可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，在所述可折叠显示屏上全屏显示所述第三用户界面。
  93. 根据权利要求86-92任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一屏上显示所述第一用户界面时，停止所述第二屏的电源供应。
  94. 根据权利要求86-93任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第二屏上显示所述第二用户界面时，停止所述第一屏的电源供应。
  95. 根据权利要求86-94任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：所述电子设备确定所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域；
    所述检测到所述电子设备被前后翻转，在所述第二屏中没有被用户手部遮挡的区域显示所述第二用户界面。
  96. 根据权利要求86-95任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之前，所述第一屏面向用户，所述第二屏背向用户；
    所述电子设备被前后翻转之后，所述第二屏面向用户，所述第一屏背向用户。
PCT/CN2019/125800 2019-01-11 2019-12-17 显示方法及相关装置 WO2020143408A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021540226A JP2022517588A (ja) 2019-01-11 2019-12-17 表示方法及び関連する装置
AU2019420297A AU2019420297B9 (en) 2019-01-11 2019-12-17 Display method and related apparatus
US17/417,545 US11983334B2 (en) 2019-01-11 2019-12-17 Display method and related apparatus
EP23183847.5A EP4287007A3 (en) 2019-01-11 2019-12-17 Display method and related apparatus
KR1020217021307A KR102496111B1 (ko) 2019-01-11 2019-12-17 표시 방법 및 관련 장치
EP19908940.0A EP3886415B1 (en) 2019-01-11 2019-12-17 Display method and related apparatus
AU2023200851A AU2023200851A1 (en) 2019-01-11 2023-02-15 Display method and related apparatus
JP2024010036A JP2024054162A (ja) 2019-01-11 2024-01-26 表示方法及び関連する装置

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910026700.0 2019-01-11
CN201910026700.0A CN109889630B (zh) 2019-01-11 2019-01-11 显示方法及相关装置

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020143408A1 true WO2020143408A1 (zh) 2020-07-16

Family

ID=66925791

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/125800 WO2020143408A1 (zh) 2019-01-11 2019-12-17 显示方法及相关装置

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (1) US11983334B2 (zh)
EP (2) EP4287007A3 (zh)
JP (2) JP2022517588A (zh)
KR (1) KR102496111B1 (zh)
CN (4) CN109889630B (zh)
AU (2) AU2019420297B9 (zh)
WO (1) WO2020143408A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (32)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109889630B (zh) * 2019-01-11 2022-03-08 华为技术有限公司 显示方法及相关装置
CN110286865B (zh) * 2019-06-20 2022-09-09 上海摩软通讯技术有限公司 一种触摸屏的显示方法及电子设备
KR20200145351A (ko) * 2019-06-21 2020-12-30 삼성전자주식회사 서브 디스플레이를 포함하는 전자 장치 및 방법
CN110489048A (zh) * 2019-07-25 2019-11-22 华为技术有限公司 应用快速启动方法及相关装置
CN112307483A (zh) * 2019-07-30 2021-02-02 华为技术有限公司 可信用户界面的显示方法及电子设备
CN110381282B (zh) * 2019-07-30 2021-06-29 华为技术有限公司 一种应用于电子设备的视频通话的显示方法及相关装置
CN110620833B (zh) 2019-08-16 2021-05-11 华为技术有限公司 一种可折叠的电子设备的显示方法及电子设备
KR102692813B1 (ko) * 2019-08-20 2024-08-08 삼성전자 주식회사 전자 장치 및 전자 장치의 상태에 기반하여 동작 모드 제어 방법
CN110502302A (zh) * 2019-08-20 2019-11-26 维沃移动通信有限公司 应用程序界面的控制方法、终端设备和存储介质
CN110708086B (zh) * 2019-08-26 2021-09-14 华为技术有限公司 一种分屏显示方法与电子设备
CN110806829B (zh) * 2019-09-05 2021-05-11 华为技术有限公司 一种具有折叠屏的设备的显示方法及折叠屏设备
CN110798568B (zh) * 2019-09-30 2022-01-14 华为技术有限公司 具有折叠屏的电子设备的显示控制方法及电子设备
CN110838193A (zh) * 2019-10-11 2020-02-25 浙江大搜车软件技术有限公司 文件交付方法、装置、计算机设备和存储介质
CN112860359A (zh) * 2019-11-28 2021-05-28 华为技术有限公司 一种折叠屏的显示方法及相关装置
CN113050851B (zh) * 2019-12-27 2023-03-24 华为技术有限公司 控制屏幕显示的方法和电子设备
CN111190563A (zh) * 2019-12-31 2020-05-22 华为技术有限公司 界面显示方法及相关装置
JP2021170184A (ja) * 2020-04-14 2021-10-28 株式会社東芝 端末装置、表示方法、及びプログラム
CN113535162A (zh) * 2020-04-17 2021-10-22 浙江大搜车软件技术有限公司 前端界面配置方法、展示方法及装置
KR20210144461A (ko) * 2020-05-22 2021-11-30 삼성전자주식회사 기능 실행 화면을 제공하기 위한 전자 장치 및 그 동작 방법
CN111818381B (zh) * 2020-07-10 2022-09-13 深圳创维－Rgb电子有限公司 一种显示方法、终端、电子设备及可读存储介质
CN114173165B (zh) * 2020-08-19 2023-02-14 华为技术有限公司 一种显示方法及电子设备
CN114840280A (zh) * 2021-01-30 2022-08-02 华为技术有限公司 一种显示方法及电子设备
CN114968430A (zh) * 2021-02-19 2022-08-30 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 界面控制方法、装置以及电子设备
WO2022222002A1 (zh) * 2021-04-19 2022-10-27 深圳市大疆创新科技有限公司 拍摄设备及其控制方法、存储介质
CN113656118B (zh) * 2021-07-08 2023-05-26 荣耀终端有限公司 一种灭屏显示方法及电子设备
EP4332722A4 (en) * 2021-09-16 2024-09-11 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH FLEXIBLE DISPLAY AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR
CN115022461B (zh) * 2021-12-01 2023-02-28 荣耀终端有限公司 地铁出行检测方法及电子设备
CN116339881A (zh) * 2021-12-22 2023-06-27 华为技术有限公司 内容显示方法、电子设备及计算机可读存储介质
CN116414328A (zh) * 2022-01-05 2023-07-11 荣耀终端有限公司 动态壁纸的显示方法及相关设备
KR20230156556A (ko) * 2022-05-06 2023-11-14 삼성전자주식회사 폴더블 하우징에 배치된 카메라 모듈을 포함하는 전자 장치 및 그 동작 제어 방법
CN114840114B (zh) * 2022-07-05 2023-01-03 荣耀终端有限公司 显示控制方法、装置及存储介质
WO2024106982A1 (ko) * 2022-11-17 2024-05-23 삼성전자 주식회사 플렉서블 디스플레이를 포함하는 전자 장치 및 그의 이미지 처리 방법

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9727134B2 (en) * 2013-10-29 2017-08-08 Dell Products, Lp System and method for display power management for dual screen display device
CN107122979A (zh) * 2017-05-23 2017-09-01 珠海市魅族科技有限公司 信息处理方法及装置、计算机装置及计算机可读存储介质
CN107656653A (zh) * 2017-10-30 2018-02-02 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 显示控制装置及方法、显示装置
CN107809504A (zh) * 2017-11-07 2018-03-16 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 显示信息的方法、装置、终端及存储介质
CN109889630A (zh) * 2019-01-11 2019-06-14 华为技术有限公司 显示方法及相关装置

Family Cites Families (46)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004213558A (ja) 2003-01-08 2004-07-29 Seiko Epson Corp 表示装置
US8930846B2 (en) * 2010-10-01 2015-01-06 Z124 Repositioning applications in a stack
US7280857B2 (en) * 2004-06-25 2007-10-09 Nokia Corporation Mobile communications device having rotating display and camera
US7460893B2 (en) * 2005-05-17 2008-12-02 Nokia Corporation Display changing in a portable electronic device
KR101373333B1 (ko) 2007-07-11 2014-03-10 엘지전자 주식회사 터치인식을 통한 영상촬영 기능을 구비한 휴대 단말기 및그 촬영방법
US8314859B2 (en) * 2008-05-29 2012-11-20 Lg Electronics Inc. Mobile terminal and image capturing method thereof
US8866840B2 (en) * 2008-09-08 2014-10-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Sending a parameter based on screen size or screen resolution of a multi-panel electronic device to a server
KR101104721B1 (ko) * 2009-09-04 2012-01-10 임병근 다중 페이지를 가지는 문서를 디스플레이하는 휴대용 멀티미디어 장치 및 그 구동 방법
KR20110054527A (ko) * 2009-11-18 2011-05-25 삼성전자주식회사 적어도 두 개의 표시부들을 이용한 휴대단말 운용 방법 및 장치
JP5334832B2 (ja) * 2009-12-24 2013-11-06 京セラ株式会社 携帯端末装置
US8593418B2 (en) 2010-08-08 2013-11-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and system for adjusting display content
CN103780747B (zh) * 2012-10-23 2017-05-24 联想(北京)有限公司 一种信息处理方法及电子设备
KR102081932B1 (ko) * 2013-03-21 2020-04-14 엘지전자 주식회사 디스플레이 장치 및 그 제어 방법
US9804635B2 (en) * 2014-02-06 2017-10-31 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Electronic device and method for controlling displays
KR102311221B1 (ko) * 2014-04-28 2021-10-13 삼성전자주식회사 오브젝트 운용 방법 및 이를 지원하는 전자 장치
WO2015178714A1 (en) * 2014-05-23 2015-11-26 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Foldable device and method of controlling the same
US10095348B2 (en) * 2014-06-25 2018-10-09 Lg Electronics Inc. Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same
US9671828B2 (en) * 2014-09-19 2017-06-06 Lg Electronics Inc. Mobile terminal with dual touch sensors located on different sides of terminal body and method of controlling the same
KR102288437B1 (ko) * 2014-11-21 2021-08-10 삼성전자주식회사 접을 수 있는 전자 장치
EP3035656B1 (en) * 2014-12-18 2021-08-04 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for controlling an electronic device
CN204406917U (zh) * 2015-01-16 2015-06-17 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 多用途会议终端
US9648236B2 (en) * 2015-02-19 2017-05-09 Blackberry Limited Device with a front facing camera having discrete focus positions
US9894409B2 (en) * 2015-08-30 2018-02-13 EVA Automation, Inc. User interface based on device-state information
GB2552090B (en) * 2017-06-29 2021-06-16 Inodyn Newmedia Gmbh Front-facing camera and maximized display screen of a mobile device
KR20170053513A (ko) * 2015-11-06 2017-05-16 삼성전자주식회사 복수의 디스플레이들을 포함하는 전자 장치 및 그 동작 방법
KR102480462B1 (ko) 2016-02-05 2022-12-23 삼성전자주식회사 복수의 디스플레이들을 포함하는 전자 장치 및 그 동작 방법
KR102538955B1 (ko) * 2016-03-02 2023-06-01 삼성전자 주식회사 전자 장치와 전자 장치의 영상 디스플레이 및 전송 방법
KR102505478B1 (ko) * 2016-04-12 2023-03-06 삼성전자주식회사 플렉서블 디바이스 및 그 동작 방법
KR102518499B1 (ko) * 2016-04-22 2023-04-05 삼성전자주식회사 안테나 및 이를 포함하는 전자 장치
US10929782B2 (en) 2016-06-11 2021-02-23 Apple Inc. Integrating restaurant reservation services into a navigation application
CN106155476A (zh) 2016-06-21 2016-11-23 努比亚技术有限公司 移动终端及屏幕内容切换方法
KR102571369B1 (ko) * 2016-08-03 2023-08-29 삼성전자주식회사 디스플레이 제어 방법, 저장 매체 및 전자 장치
KR102574183B1 (ko) * 2016-08-19 2023-09-05 삼성전자주식회사 디스플레이를 제어하는 전자 장치 및 방법
CN106600259B (zh) * 2016-11-02 2020-08-28 北京安云世纪科技有限公司 移动支付方法、装置及移动终端
JP2018084908A (ja) 2016-11-22 2018-05-31 富士ゼロックス株式会社 端末装置およびプログラム
US10237461B2 (en) * 2017-03-01 2019-03-19 Intel Corporation Dual form factor devices having operative and complementary aligning components
US10789617B2 (en) * 2017-03-20 2020-09-29 SK Commercial Construction, Inc. Method and system for advertising and screen identification using a mobile device transparent screen, bendable and multiple non-transparent screen
KR102426694B1 (ko) * 2017-05-02 2022-07-29 삼성전자주식회사 플렉서블 디스플레이를 포함하는 전자 장치
CN109144170A (zh) * 2017-06-16 2019-01-04 富泰华工业（深圳）有限公司 可改变屏幕尺寸的移动设备
CN108196749A (zh) 2017-12-29 2018-06-22 努比亚技术有限公司 一种双面屏内容处理方法、设备及计算机可读存储介质
CN108255368A (zh) 2018-01-02 2018-07-06 努比亚技术有限公司 应用展示方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质
CN108415677A (zh) * 2018-01-30 2018-08-17 努比亚技术有限公司 一种应用操作方法、终端及计算机可读存储介质
DK201870623A1 (en) * 2018-09-11 2020-04-15 Apple Inc. USER INTERFACES FOR SIMULATED DEPTH EFFECTS
KR102661702B1 (ko) * 2018-12-28 2024-05-02 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 폴더블 표시 장치 및 그의 제조 방법
KR20200101201A (ko) * 2019-02-19 2020-08-27 삼성전자주식회사 Fpcb를 포함하는 폴더블 전자 장치
US11093203B2 (en) * 2019-03-22 2021-08-17 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Electronic device having two display surfaces and method for running display thereof

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9727134B2 (en) * 2013-10-29 2017-08-08 Dell Products, Lp System and method for display power management for dual screen display device
CN107122979A (zh) * 2017-05-23 2017-09-01 珠海市魅族科技有限公司 信息处理方法及装置、计算机装置及计算机可读存储介质
CN107656653A (zh) * 2017-10-30 2018-02-02 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 显示控制装置及方法、显示装置
CN107809504A (zh) * 2017-11-07 2018-03-16 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 显示信息的方法、装置、终端及存储介质
CN109889630A (zh) * 2019-01-11 2019-06-14 华为技术有限公司 显示方法及相关装置

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114710575B (zh) 2023-06-16
EP4287007A3 (en) 2024-02-28
AU2023200851A1 (en) 2023-03-16
US11983334B2 (en) 2024-05-14
JP2024054162A (ja) 2024-04-16
CN114710574A (zh) 2022-07-05
CN114710575A (zh) 2022-07-05
AU2019420297B2 (en) 2022-11-17
EP3886415A4 (en) 2022-01-26
KR102496111B1 (ko) 2023-02-06
CN109889630A (zh) 2019-06-14
KR20210097794A (ko) 2021-08-09
EP4287007A2 (en) 2023-12-06
AU2019420297A1 (en) 2021-07-15
EP3886415A1 (en) 2021-09-29
CN114710576A (zh) 2022-07-05
CN109889630B (zh) 2022-03-08
AU2019420297B9 (en) 2022-12-08
US20220057866A1 (en) 2022-02-24
JP2022517588A (ja) 2022-03-09
EP3886415B1 (en) 2023-08-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020143408A1 (zh) 显示方法及相关装置
EP3979628B1 (en) Display method of video call applied to electronic device and related apparatus
WO2021213164A1 (zh) 应用界面交互方法、电子设备和计算机可读存储介质
WO2021013158A1 (zh) 显示方法及相关装置
WO2021103981A1 (zh) 分屏显示的处理方法、装置及电子设备
WO2021000881A1 (zh) 一种分屏方法及电子设备
WO2020134869A1 (zh) 电子设备的操作方法和电子设备
EP3848786A1 (en) Display control method for system navigation bar, graphical user interface, and electronic device
EP4113415A1 (en) Service recommending method, electronic device, and system
WO2021017901A1 (zh) 一种屏幕显示方法及电子设备
WO2021036770A1 (zh) 一种分屏处理方法及终端设备
WO2021169399A1 (zh) 一种暂存应用界面的方法及电子设备
CN116360725B (zh) 显示交互系统、显示方法及设备
WO2021238370A1 (zh) 显示控制方法、电子设备和计算机可读存储介质
WO2021218429A1 (zh) 应用窗口的管理方法、终端设备及计算机可读存储介质
WO2020107463A1 (zh) 一种电子设备的控制方法及电子设备
CN114356195B (zh) 一种文件传输的方法及相关设备
WO2024021691A1 (zh) 显示方法及电子设备
WO2024139257A1 (zh) 应用程序的界面显示方法及电子设备
CN115291780A (zh) 一种辅助输入方法、电子设备及系统
CN118646821A (zh) 一种卡片显示方法及电子设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19908940

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019908940

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20210622

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20217021307

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021540226

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019420297

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20191217

Kind code of ref document: A